skip to main content

Lenovo Press

Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Server

Product Guide

Home
Top
Author
Updated
16 Apr 2024
Form Number
LP1608
PDF size
152 pages, 6.2 MB
Full Change History
Rate & Provide Feedback
Download PDF

* Only available in selected markets

Abstract

The Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665 V3 is a 2-socket 2U server that features the AMD EPYC 9004 "Genoa" family of processors. With up to 128 cores per processor and support for the new PCIe 5.0 standard for I/O, the SR665 V3 offers the ultimate in two-socket server performance in a 2U form factor.

This product guide provides essential pre-sales information to understand the ThinkSystem SR665 V3 server, its key features and specifications, components and options, and configuration guidelines. This guide is intended for technical specialists, sales specialists, sales engineers, IT architects, and other IT professionals who want to learn more about the SR665 V3 and consider its use in IT solutions.

Change History

Changes in the April 16, 2024 update:

Introduction

The Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665 V3 is a 2-socket 2U server that features the AMD EPYC 9004 "Genoa" family of processors. With up to 128 cores per processor and support for the new PCIe 5.0 standard for I/O, the SR665 V3 offers the ultimate in two-socket server performance in a 2U form factor. The server is ideal for dense workloads that can take advantage of GPU processing and high-performance NVMe drives.

Suggested uses: Inference, virtualization, VDI, HPC, Hyperconverged infrastructure

Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665 V3
Figure 1. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR665 V3

Did you know?

The SR665 V3 server is a very configuration-rich offering, supporting 30 different drive bay configurations in the front, middle and rear of the server and 6 different slot configurations at the rear of the server. This level of flexibility ensures that you can configure the server exactly the way your workload requires.

Key features

Combining performance and flexibility, the SR665 V3 server is a great choice for enterprises of all sizes. The server offers a broad selection of drive and slot configurations and offers high performance features that industries such as finance, healthcare and telco need. Outstanding reliability, availability, and serviceability (RAS) and high-efficiency design can improve your business environment and can help save operational costs.

Scalability and performance

The following features boost performance, improve scalability and reduce costs: 

  • Supports one or two fourth-generation AMD EPYC 9004 processors
    • Up to 128 cores and 256 threads
    • Core speed of up to 4.1 GHz
    • TDP rating of up to 360 W
  • Support for DDR5 memory DIMMs to maximize the performance of the memory subsystem:
    • Up to 24 DDR5 memory DIMMs, 12 DIMMs per processor
    • 12 memory channels per processor (1 DIMM per channel)
    • DIMM speeds up to 4800 MHz
    • Using 256GB 3DS RDIMMs, the server supports up to 6TB of system memory
  • Supports up to eight single-width GPUs or three double-wide GPUs, for substantial processing power in a 2U system.
  • The server is Compute Express Link (CXL) v1.1 Ready. With CXL 1.1 for next-generation workloads, you can reduce compute latency in the data center and lower TCO. CXL is a protocol that runs across the standard PCIe physical layer and can support both standard PCIe devices as well as CXL devices on the same link.
  • Supports up to 40x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, by using combinations of front-accessible (up to 24 bays), mid bays (8 bays) and rear-accessible (8 bays).
  • Supports 20x 3.5-inch drive bays for lower-cost high-capacity HDD storage. 2.5-inch and 3.5-inch drive bays can be mixed if desired.
  • Supports up to 32x NVMe drives without oversubscription of PCIe lanes (1:1 connectivity). The use of NVMe drives maximizes drive I/O performance, in terms of throughput, bandwidth, and latency.
  • Supports up to 20x SATA drives using the onboard SATA controller (no additional adapter needed), enabling lower cost, high capacity storage solution for cold storage workloads.
  • Supports high-speed RAID controllers from Lenovo and Broadcom providing 12 Gb SAS connectivity to the drive backplanes. A variety of PCIe 3.0 and PCIe 4.0 RAID adapters are available.
  • Supports two externally accessible 7mm hot-swap drives for operating system boot functions or data storage. Optional RAID with the addition of a RAID adapter installed in a slot.
  • Supports M.2 drives for convenient operating system boot functions or data storage. Available M.2 adapters support either one M.2 drive or two M.2 drives. Optional RAID with the addition of a RAID adapter installed in a slot.
  • Up to 12x PCIe slots (10x rear, 2x front), plus a slot dedicated to an OCP 3.0 adapter. 2.5-inch drive configurations also support an additional internal bay for a cabled RAID adapter or HBA.
  • The server has a dedicated industry-standard OCP 3.0 small form factor (SFF) slot, with a PCIe 5.0 x16 interface, supporting a variety of Ethernet network adapters. Simple-swap mechanism with thumbscrews and pull-tab enables tool-less installation and removal of the adapter. Supports shared BMC network sideband connectivity to enable out-of-band systems management.
  • The server offers PCI Express 5.0 (PCIe Gen 5) I/O expansion capabilities that doubles the theoretical maximum bandwidth of PCIe 4.0 (32GT/s in each direction for PCIe 5.0, compared to 16 GT/s with PCIe 4.0). A PCIe 5.0 x16 slot provides 128 GB/s bandwidth, enough to support a 400GbE network connection.

Availability and serviceability

The server provides many features to simplify serviceability and increase system uptime:

  • Designed to run 24 hours a day, 7 days a week
  • The server uses ECC memory and supports memory RAS features including Single Device Data Correction (SDDC, also known as Chipkill), Patrol/Demand Scrubbing, Bounded Fault, DRAM Address Command Parity with Replay, DRAM Uncorrected ECC Error Retry, On-die ECC, ECC Error Check and Scrub (ECS), and Post Package Repair.
  • The server offers hot-swap drives, supporting RAID redundancy for data protection and greater system uptime.
  • Available M.2 configuration with RAID support which can enable two SATA or two NVMe M.2 drives to be configured as a redundant pair.
  • The server has up to two hot-swap redundant power supplies and up to six hot-swap redundant fans to provide availability for business-critical applications.
  • Optional front-accessible slots and drives so that most major components and cables (except power) are located at the front of the server
  • The power-source-independent light path diagnostics uses LEDs to lead the technician to failed (or failing) components, which simplifies servicing, speeds up problem resolution, and helps improve system availability.
  • Solid-state drives (SSDs) offer more reliability than traditional mechanical HDDs for greater uptime.
  • Proactive Platform Alerts (including PFA and SMART alerts): Processors, voltage regulators, memory, internal storage (SAS/SATA HDDs and SSDs, NVMe SSDs, M.2 storage, flash storage adapters), fans, power supplies, RAID controllers, server ambient and subcomponent temperatures. Alerts can be surfaced through the XClarity Controller to managers such as Lenovo XClarity Administrator, VMware vCenter, and Microsoft System Center. These proactive alerts let you take appropriate actions in advance of possible failure, thereby increasing server uptime and application availability.
  • The built-in XClarity Controller 2 continuously monitors system parameters, triggers alerts, and performs recovery actions in case of failures to minimize downtime.
  • Built-in diagnostics in UEFI, using Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager, speed up troubleshooting tasks to reduce service time.
  • Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager supports diagnostics and can save service data to a USB key drive or remote CIFS share folder for troubleshooting and reduce service time.
  • Auto restart in the event of a momentary loss of AC power (based on power policy setting in the XClarity Controller service processor)
  • Offers a diagnostics port on the front of the server to allow you to attach an external diagnostics handset for enhanced systems management capabilities.
  • Support for the XClarity Administrator Mobile app running on a supported smartphone and connected to the server through the service-enabled USB port, enables additional local systems management functions.
  • Three-year or one-year customer-replaceable unit and onsite limited warranty, 9 x 5 next business day. Optional service upgrades are available.

Manageability and security

Systems management features simplify local and remote management:

  • The server includes an XClarity Controller 2 (XCC2) to monitor server availability. Optional upgrade to XCC Platinum to provide remote control (keyboard video mouse) functions, support for the mounting of remote media files, FIPS 140-3 security, enhanced NIST 800-193 support, boot capture, and other management and security features.
  • Lenovo XClarity Administrator offers comprehensive hardware management tools that help to increase uptime, reduce costs and improve productivity through advanced server management capabilities.
  • UEFI-based Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager, accessible from F1 during boot, provides system inventory information, graphical UEFI Setup, platform update function, RAID Setup wizard, operating system installation function, and diagnostic functions.
  • Support for Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager which captures real-time power and temperature data from the server and provides automated controls to lower energy costs.
  • An integrated industry-standard Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) enables improved setup, configuration, and updates, and simplifies error handling.
  • Support for industry standard management protocols, IPMI 2.0, SNMP 3.0, Redfish REST API, serial console via IPMI
  • An integrated hardware Trusted Platform Module (TPM) supporting TPM 2.0 enables advanced cryptographic functionality, such as digital signatures and remote attestation.
  • Administrator and power-on passwords help protect from unauthorized access to the server.
  • Supports AMD Secure Root-of-Trust, Secure Run and Secure Move features to minimize potential attacks and protect data as the OS is booted, as applications are run and as applications are migrated from server to server.
  • Supports Secure Boot to ensure only a digitally signed operating system can be used.
  • Industry-standard Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) NI support for faster, stronger encryption.
  • Additional physical security features are a chassis intrusion switch and a lockable front bezel.

Energy efficiency

The following energy-efficiency features help save energy, reduce operational costs, and increase energy availability:

  • Energy-efficient planar components help lower operational costs.
  • High-efficiency power supplies with 80 PLUS Titanium certifications
  • Low-voltage 1.1V DDR5 memory offers energy savings compared to 1.2V DDR4 DIMMs, an approximately 20% decrease in power consumption
  • Solid-state drives (SSDs) consume as much as 80% less power than traditional spinning 2.5-inch HDDs.
  • The server uses hexagonal ventilation holes, which can be grouped more densely than round holes, providing more efficient airflow through the system and thus keeping your system cooler.
  • Optional Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager provides advanced data center power notification and analysis to help achieve lower heat output and reduced cooling needs.

Comparing the SR665 V3 to the SR665

The ThinkSystem SR665 V3 improves on the previous generation SR665, as summarized in the following table.

Table 1. Comparing the SR665 V3 to the SR665
Feature SR665 SR665 V3 Benefits
Processor
  • 2x 2nd or 3rd Gen AMD EPYC processors
  • Up to 64 cores
  • TDP ratings up to 280W
  • 64x PCIe 4.0 lanes per processor
  • 4x dedicated xGMI x16 interprocessor links
  • 2x 4th Gen AMD EPYC processors
  • Up to 128 cores
  • TDP ratings up to 360W
  • 64x PCIe 5.0 lanes per processor
  • 4x xGMI x16 interprocessor links, 1 of which can be used for an additional 16 PCIe 5.0 lanes
  • Significant increase in cores per processor
  • Increased performance
  • Consolidation of more apps on same number of servers, reducing costs
  • New PCIe 5.0 support means higher performance networking and NVMe storage
  • Additional 16 PCIe lanes using an xGMI link for PCIe
Memory
  • DDR4 memory operating up to 2933 MHz
  • 8 channels per CPU
  • 32 DIMMs (16 per processor), 2 DIMMs per channel
  • Supports RDIMMs and 3DS RDIMMs
  • Up to 8TB of system memory
  • DDR5 memory operating up to 4800 MHz
  • 12 channels per CPU
  • 24 DIMMs (12 per processor), 1 DIMM per channel
  • Supports RDIMMs, 3DS RDIMMs and 9x4 RDIMMs
  • Up to 6TB of system memory
  • New DDR5 memory offers significant performance improvements over DDR4
  • More memory channels means greater memory bandwidth
  • Support for lower-cost 9x4 DIMMs
Internal storage
  • 20x 3.5” SAS/SATA/NVMe (12 front, 4 mid, 4 rear)
  • 40x 2.5” SAS/SATA/NVMe (24 front, 8 mid, 8 rear)
  • Up to 4x 3.5” or 8x 2.5” mid-chassis drive bays
  • Up to 4x 3.5” or 8x 2.5” rear drive bays
  • 2x Internal M.2 with optional RAID
  • 16x onboard NVMe ports
  • 2x rear 7mm hot swap SAS/SATA/NVMe; optional RAID
  • 20x 3.5” SAS/SATA/NVMe (12 front, 4 mid, 4 rear)
  • 40x 2.5” SAS/SATA/NVMe (24 front, 8 mid, 8 rear)
  • Up to 4x 3.5” or 8x 2.5” mid-chassis drive bays
  • Up to 4x 3.5” or 8x 2.5” rear drive bays
  • 2x Internal M.2 with optional RAID 1 (RAID support via a separate adapter)
  • 20x onboard NVMe ports
  • 2x rear 7mm hot swap SAS/SATA/NVMe (RAID support via a separate adapter)
  • Flexible storage offerings
  • Up to 32x NVMe drives for high-performance storage
  • 7mm hot swap drives as boot drives
RAID
  • 8-port and 16-port RAID adapters with up to 8GB flash
  • Support for Lenovo and Broadcom adapters
  • Support for PCIe or Internal cabled (CFF) form factor adapters
  • Support for NVMe drives connected to 940 RAID adapters (Tri-Mode)
  • Storage HBAs available
  • PCIe 3.0 and PCIe 4.0 adapter choices
  • 8-port and 16-port RAID adapters with up to 8GB flash
  • Support for Lenovo and Broadcom adapters
  • Support for PCIe or Internal cabled (CFF) form factor adapters
  • Support for NVMe drives connected to 940 RAID adapters (Tri-Mode)
  • Storage HBAs available
  • PCIe 3.0 and PCIe 4.0 adapter choices with support for Gen 5 adapters when available
  • Consistent RAID/HBA support
  • Flexible config solution
  • PCIe Gen 5 allows for greater storage performance
Networking
  • OCP 3.0 slot with PCIe Gen 4 x16 interface (rear of server)
  • Additional PCIe adapters supported
  • 1GbE dedicated Management port
  • OCP 3.0 slot with PCIe Gen 5 x16 interface (rear or front of server)
  • Additional PCIe adapters supported
  • 1GbE dedicated Management port
  • Improved performance with PCIe Gen 5
  • Optional front-accessible OCP slot
PCIe
  • Supports PCIe 4.0
  • Up to 8x PCIe slots (all full-height slots)
  • Supports a RAID/HBA in CFF form factor (does not occupy a PCIe slot)
  • Additional OCP 3.0 slot
  • Supports PCIe 5.0
  • Up to 12x PCIe slots, front and rear
  • Up to 10x PCIe slots at the rear (6x full height, 4x low-profile) or 8x PCIe slots (all full-height slots)
  • Up to 9x slots can be PCIe 5.0
  • Supports a RAID/HBA in CFF form factor (does not occupy a PCIe slot)
  • Additional OCP 3.0 slot
  • Support for 3x front-accessible slots (2x FH PCIe + 1x OCP) with 16 drive bays
  • Flexible xGMI interprocessor links allowing 1 link to be converted to two 16 PCIe 5.0 x16 connections
  • More PCIe slots
  • PCIe Gen 5 allows for greater I/O performance
  • Flexible PCIe offerings
  • Front-accessible slots available
  • More PCIe connections for greater PCIe/NVMe support
GPU support
  • Supports up to 8x single-wide GPUs or up to 3x double-wide GPUs
  • Supports up to 8x single-wide GPUs or up to 3x double-wide GPUs
  • High performance GPU support
Management and security
  • XClarity Controller
  • Support for full XClarity toolset including XClarity Administrator
  • Platform Firmware Resiliency (PFR) hardware Root of Trust (RoT)
  • Tamper Switch security solution (intrusion switch)
  • Integrated XClarity Controller 2
  • Support for full XClarity toolset including XClarity Administrator
  • Platform Firmware Resiliency (PFR) hardware Root of Trust (RoT)
  • Tamper Switch security solution (intrusion switch)
  • New XCC2 offers improved management capabilities
  • Same system management tool with previous generation
  • Silicon-level security solution
Power
  • Choice of 500W, 750W, 1100W, 1800W AC Hot Plug PSUs
  • Available in Titanium and Platinum efficiency levels
  • 1100W -48VDC Platinum general support
  • 240V HVDC support for PRC customers
  • Active-Standby mode
  • Choice of 500W, 750W, 1100W, 1800W, 2400W, 2600W AC Hot Plug PSUs
  • Available in Titanium and Platinum efficiency levels
  • 1100W -48VDC Platinum general support
  • 240V HVDC support for PRC customers
  • Active-Standby mode
  • Multiple PSU offerings to suit the configuration selected
  • New ErP Lot 9-compliant offerings
  • Support for Telco customers with -48V requirements

Components and connectors

The following figure shows the front of the server. The server supports either 2.5-inch or 3.5-inch hot-swap drives at the front, and configurations with 16x 2.5-inch drive bays optionally support 3 front-accessible PCIe slots.

Front view of the ThinkSystem SR665 V3
Figure 2. Front view of the ThinkSystem SR665 V3

For details on the front ports, including the optional front VGA port and front external diagnostic port, see the Local management section.

The following figure shows the components visible from the rear of the server. The figure shows one configuration, with eight full-height PCIe slots, however there are additional rear configurations which include 10 PCIe slots (6x full-height, 4x low-profile), or include 3.5-inch drive bays or 2.5-inch drive bays. The server also supports two rear-accessible 7mm hot-swap drive bays.

Rear view of the ThinkSystem SR665 V3 (configuration with eight full-height PCIe slots)
Figure 3. Rear view of the ThinkSystem SR665 V3 (configuration with eight full-height PCIe slots)

The following figure shows the locations of key components inside the server.

Internal view of the ThinkSystem SR665 V3
Figure 4. Internal view of the ThinkSystem SR665 V3

System architecture

The following figure shows the architectural block diagram of the SR665 V3, showing the major components and their connections.

Note that one of the xGMI links between the processors can be used instead as two PCIe 5.0 x16 connections. These PCIe connections can be used for additional NVMe drive support.

SR665 V3 system architectural block diagram
Figure 5. SR665 V3 system architectural block diagram

Standard specifications

The following table lists the standard specifications.

Table 2. Standard specifications
Components Specification
Machine types 7D9B - 1 year warranty
7D9A - 3 year warranty
Form factor 2U rack.
Processor One or two AMD EPYC 9004 Series processors (formerly codenamed "Genoa"). Supports processors up to 128 cores, core speeds of up to 4.1 GHz, and TDP ratings of up to 360W. Supports PCIe 5.0 for high performance I/O.
Chipset Not applicable (platform controller hub functions are integrated into the processor)
Memory 24 DIMM slots with two processors (12 DIMM slots per processor). Each processor has 12 memory channels, with 1 DIMM per channel (DPC). Lenovo TruDDR5 RDIMMs, 3DS RDIMMs, and 9x4 RDIMMs are supported, up to 4800 MHz
Memory maximum Up to 6TB with 24x 256GB 3DS RDIMMs
Persistent memory Not supported.
Memory protection ECC, SDDC, Patrol/Demand Scrubbing, Bounded Fault, DRAM Address Command Parity with Replay, DRAM Uncorrected ECC Error Retry, On-die ECC, ECC Error Check and Scrub (ECS), Post Package Repair
Disk drive bays

Up to 20x 3.5-inch or 40x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays:

  • Front bays can be 3.5-inch (8 or 12 bays) or 2.5-inch (8, 16 or 24 bays)
  • Middle bays can be 3.5-inch (4 bays) or 2.5-inch (8 bays)
  • Rear bays can be 3.5-inch (2 or 4 bays) or 2.5-inch (4 or 8 bays)
  • Combinations of SAS/SATA, NVMe, or AnyBay (supporting SAS, SATA or NVMe) are available

The server also supports these drives for OS boot or drive storage:

  • Two 7mm drives at the rear of the server (optional RAID)
  • Internal M.2 module supporting up to two M.2 drives (optional RAID)

See Storage configurations for details.
Maximum internal storage
  • 2.5-inch drives:
    • 1228.8TB using 40x 30.72TB 2.5-inch SAS/SATA SSDs
    • 491.52TB using 32x 15.36TB 2.5-inch NVMe SSDs
    • 96TB using 40x 2.4TB 2.5-inch HDDs
  • 3.5-inch drives:
    • 440TB using 20x 22TB 3.5-inch HDDs
    • 307.2TB using 20x 15.36TB 3.5-inch SAS/SATA SSDs
    • 153.6TB using 12x 12.8TB 3.5-inch NVMe SSDs
Storage controller
  • Up to 20x Onboard SATA ports (non-RAID)
  • Up to 20x Onboard NVMe ports (non-RAID)
  • NVMe Retimer Adapter (PCIe 4.0 or PCIe 5.0)
  • 12 Gb SAS/SATA RAID adapters
    • 8, 16 or 32 ports
    • Up to 8GB flash-backed cache
    • PCIe 4.0 or PCIe 3.0 host interface
  • 12 Gb SAS/SATA HBA (non-RAID)
    • 8-port and 16-port
    • PCIe 4.0 or PCIe 3.0 host interface
Optical drive bays No internal optical drive
Tape drive bays No internal backup drive
Network interfaces Dedicated OCP 3.0 SFF slot with PCIe 5.0 x16 host interface, either at the rear of the server (rear-accessible) or the front of the server (front-accessible). Supports a variety of 2-port and 4-port adapters with 1GbE, 10GbE and 25GbE network connectivity. One port can optionally be shared with the XClarity Controller 2 (XCC2) management processor for Wake-on-LAN and NC-SI support. Additional PCIe network adapters supported in PCIe slots.
PCI Expansion slots

Up to 12x PCIe slots (10x rear, 2x front), plus a slot dedicated to an OCP 3.0 adapter. 2.5-inch drive configurations also support an additional internal bay for a cabled RAID adapter or HBA.

Rear: Up to 10x PCIe slots, plus a slot dedicated to the OCP adapter. Slot are either PCIe 5.0 or 4.0 depending on riser selection and rear drive bay selection. The use of some slots requires two processors.

Slots are configured using three riser cards. Riser 1 (slots 1-3) and Riser 2 (slots 4-6) are installed in slots in the system board, Riser 3 (slots 7-8) and Riser 4 (9-10) are cabled to ports on the system board. A variety of riser cards are available. See the I/O expansion for details.

Front: The server also supports slots at the front of the server (configurations with up to 16 drive bays): 2x PCIe x16 full-height half-length slots, plus 1x OCP 3.0 slot

Internal: For 2.5-inch front drive configurations, the server supports the installation of a RAID adapter or HBA in a dedicated area that does not consume any of the PCIe slots.
Ports

Front: 1x USB 3.2 G1 (5 Gb/s) port, 1x USB 2.0 port (also for XCC local management), External diagnostics port, optional VGA port.

Rear: 3x USB 3.2 G1 (5 Gb/s) ports, 1x VGA video port, 1x RJ-45 1GbE systems management port for XCC remote management. Optional 2nd XCC remote management port (installs in OCP slot). Optional DB-9 COM serial port (installs in slot 3).

Internal: 1x USB 3.2 G1 (5 Gb/s) connector for operating system or license key purposes.
Cooling Up to 6x N+1 redundant hot swap 60 mm fans, configuration dependent. One fan integrated in each power supply.
Power supply Up to two hot-swap redundant AC power supplies, 80 PLUS Platinum or 80 PLUS Titanium certification. 750 W, 1100 W, 1800 W, 2400 W, and 2600 W AC, supporting 220 V AC. 750 W and 1100 W options also support 110V input supply. In China only, all power supply options support 240 V DC. Also available is a 1100W power supply with a -48V DC input.
Video Embedded video graphics with 16 MB memory with 2D hardware accelerator, integrated into the XClarity Controller. Maximum resolution is 1920x1200 32bpp at 60Hz.
Hot-swap parts Drives, power supplies, and fans.
Systems management Operator panel with status LEDs. Optional External Diagnostics Handset with LCD display. Models with 16x 2.5-inch front drive bays can optionally support an Integrated Diagnostics Panel. XClarity Controller 2 (XCC2) embedded management based on the ASPEED AST2600 baseboard management controller (BMC). Dedicated rear Ethernet port for XCC2 remote access for management. Optional 2nd redundant XCC2 remote port supported, installs in the OCP slot. XClarity Administrator for centralized infrastructure management, XClarity Integrator plugins, and XClarity Energy Manager centralized server power management. Optional XCC Platinum to enable remote control functions and other features.
Security features Chassis intrusion switch, Power-on password, administrator's password, Root of Trust module supporting TPM 2.0 and Platform Firmware Resiliency (PFR). Optional lockable front security bezel.
Operating systems supported Microsoft Windows Server, Microsoft Windows 10 & 11, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server, VMware ESXi, Ubuntu Server. See the Operating system support section for specifics.
Limited warranty Three-year or one-year (model dependent) customer-replaceable unit and onsite limited warranty with 9x5 next business day (NBD).
Service and support Optional service upgrades are available through Lenovo Services: 4-hour or 2-hour response time, 6-hour fix time, 1-year or 2-year warranty extension, software support for Lenovo hardware and some third-party applications.
Dimensions Width: 445 mm (17.5 in.), height: 87 mm (3.4 in.), depth: 766 mm (30.1 in.). See Physical and electrical specifications for details.
Weight Maximum: 38.8 kg (85.5 lb)

Models

ThinkSystem SR665 V3 models can be configured by using the Lenovo Data Center Solution Configurator (DCSC).

Topics in this section:

CTO models

ThinkSystem SR665 V3 models can be configured by using the Lenovo Data Center Solution Configurator (DCSC).

Configure-to-order (CTO) models are used to create models with factory-integrated server customizations. For CTO models, two types of base CTO models are available for the SR665 V3 as listed in the columns in the following table:

  • General purpose base CTO models are for general business (non-HPC) and is selectable by choosing General Purpose mode in DCSC.
  • AI and HPC base models are intended for Artificial Intelligence (AI) and High Performance Computing (HPC) configurations and solutions are enabled using the AI & HPC Hardware - ThinkSystem Hardware mode in DCSC. These configurations, along with Lenovo EveryScale Solutions, can also be built using System x and Cluster Solutions Configurator (x-config). Tip: Some HPC and AI models are not listed in DCSC and can only be configured in x-config.

Controlled GPU models: The "Controlled GPU" base CTO models listed in the table are the only models that support high-performance GPUs and accelerators. These models are classified under US Government ECCN regulations and have limited market and customer availability. All other base models do not support high-performance GPUs.

Preconfigured server models may also be available for the SR665 V3, however these are region-specific; that is, each region may define their own server models, and not all server models are available in every region.

The following table lists the base CTO models of the ThinkSystem SR665 V3 server.

Table 3. Base CTO models
Machine Type/Model
General purpose		 Machine Type/Model
for AI and HPC		 Description
7D9ACTO1WW 7D9ACTOLWW ThinkSystem SR665 V3-3yr Warranty
7D9ACTOAWW 7D9ACTOHWW ThinkSystem SR665 V3-3yr Warranty with Controlled GPU
7D9BCTO1WW 7D9BCTOLWW ThinkSystem SR665 V3-1yr Warranty

CTO models for Windows 10 and Windows 11

The SR665 V3 can run Windows 10 and Windows 11, however only a subset of adapters and drives can be installed. For ease of configuration, the following Base CTO models have been announced to assist building a configuration that can be used with the client operating systems. For more information, see the Windows 10 and Windows 11 section.

Table 4. Base CTO models for SR665 V3 with Windows 10 and Windows 11
Machine Type/Model Description
7D9ACTO2WW ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Workstation - 3 year Warranty
7D9BCTO2WW ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Workstation - 1 year Warranty

Base feature codes

Models of the SR665 V3 are defined based on whether the server has 2.5-inch drive bays at the front (called the 2.5-inch chassis) or whether it has 3.5-inch drive bays at the front (called the 3.5-inch chassis). For models, the feature codes for these chassis bases are as listed in the following table.

Table 5. Chassis base feature codes
Feature code Description
BLKJ ThinkSystem V3 2U 12x3.5" Chassis
BLKK ThinkSystem V3 2U 24x2.5" Chassis

Preconfigured models

The following tables list the available preconfigured models, grouped by region.

Refer to the Specifications section for information about standard features of the server.

Common to all models:

  • Power supplies are Platinum unless otherwise stated
  • All models include a Toolless Slide Rail Kit

Models for Asia Pacific region

The following table lists the models for the Asia Pacific region: Australia, Bangladesh, Brunei, Hong Kong, India, Japan, Korea, Sri Lanka, Malaysia, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Taiwan, Vietnam

Table 6. Models for Asia Pacific markets
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply		 Fans
Front VGA
Front diag
XCC2
Intru switch
Standard models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D9A)

7D9AA01JAP

 1x 9124 16C 200W 3.0G 1x16GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1G I350 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x750W 5x Perf Opt Opt Std Opt

7D9AA01KAP

 1x 9124 16C 200W 3.0G 1x16GB 9350-8i 12x 3.5" SAS w/Expander Open bay 4x1G I350 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x750W 5x Perf Opt Opt Std Opt

7D9AA01LAP

 1x 9224 24C 200W 2.5G 1x16GB 9350-8i 12x 3.5" SAS w/Expander Open bay 4x1G I350 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x750W 5x Perf Opt Opt Std Opt

7D9AA01MAP

 1x 9224 24C 200W 2.5G 1x16GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1G I350 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x750W 5x Perf Opt Opt Std Opt

† Processor description: Processor model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Models for Australia and New Zealand

AP models: Customers in Australia and New Zealand also have access to the Asia Pacific region models.

Common to all Australia and New Zealand models:

  • All models include a Toolless Slide Rail Kit and Cable Management Arm
Table 7. Models for Australia and New Zealand
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply		 Fans
Front VGA
Front diag
XCC2
Intru switch
TopSeller models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D9A)

7D9AA01EAU

 1x 9124 16C 200W 3.0G 1x16GB 5350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x750W 5x Perf Yes Opt Std Opt

7D9AA01FAU

 1x 9124 16C 200W 3.0G 1x16GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x750W 5x Perf Yes Opt Std Opt

7D9AA01GAU

 1x 9224 24C 200W 2.5G 1x32GB 2Rx8 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x750W 5x Perf Yes Opt Std Opt

† Processor description: Processor model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Models for EMEA region

Table 8. Models for EMEA region
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply		 Fans
Front VGA
Front diag
XCC2
Intru switch
Standard models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D9A)

7D9AA010EA

 1x 9124 16C 200W 3.0G 1x32GB 2Rx8 9350-8i 2GB Int 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x1100W Titanium 5x Perf Opt Yes Plat Opt

7D9AA01TEA

 1x 9124 16C 200W 3.0G 1x32GB 1Rx4 Option Option 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x1100W Titanium 5x Std Opt Opt Plat Opt

7D9AA025EA

 1x 9124 16C 200W 3.0G 1x32GB 1Rx4 Option Option 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x1100W Titanium 5x Std Opt Opt Plat Opt

7D9AA01QEA

 1x 9174F 16C 320W 4.1G 1x32GB 1Rx4 Option Option 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x1800W Titanium 5x Perf Opt Opt Plat Opt

7D9AA026EA

 1x 9174F 16C 320W 4.1G 1x32GB 1Rx4 Option Option 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x1800W Titanium 5x Perf Opt Opt Plat Opt

7D9AA01PEA

 1x 9254 24C 200W 2.9G 1x64GB Option Option 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x1100W Titanium 5x Std Opt Opt Plat Opt

7D9AA01ZEA

 1x 9254 24C 200W 2.9G 1x32GB 1Rx4 Option Option 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x1100W Titanium 5x Std Opt Opt Plat Opt

7D9AA01REA

 1x 9274F 24C 320W 4.05G 1x64GB Option Option 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x1800W Titanium 5x Perf Opt Opt Plat Opt

7D9AA01XEA

 1x 9274F 24C 320W 4.05G 1x32GB 1Rx4 Option Option 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x1800W Titanium 5x Perf Opt Opt Plat Opt

7D9AA00ZEA

 1x 9334 32C 210W 2.7G 1x32GB 2Rx8 9350-8i 2GB Int 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x1100W Titanium 5x Perf Opt Yes Plat Opt

7D9AA00XEA

 1x 9354 32C 280W 3.25G 1x64GB 9350-8i 2GB Int 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x1100W Titanium 5x Perf Opt Yes Plat Opt

7D9AA01HEA

 2x 9354 32C 280W 3.25G 24x32GB 2Rx8 Option Option 2.5" Open bay
1x M.2 SATA/x4NVMe, 1x 960GB 7450 PRO M.2		 4x1G 5719 6x x16 Gen5 2x 1800W 6x Perf Opt Opt Std Opt

7D9AA01SEA

 1x 9354 32C 280W 3.25G 1x64GB Option Option 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x1800W Titanium 5x Perf Opt Opt Plat Opt

7D9AA01YEA

 1x 9354 32C 280W 3.25G 1x32GB 1Rx4 Option Option 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x1800W Titanium 5x Perf Opt Opt Plat Opt

7D9AA00YEA

 1x 9534 64C 280W 2.45G 1x64GB 9350-8i 2GB Int 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x1100W Titanium 5x Perf Opt Yes Plat Opt

7D9AA00WEA

 1x 9554 64C 360W 3.1G 2x64GB 9350-8i 2GB Int 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 1x1800W Titanium 5x Perf Opt Yes Plat Opt

† Processor description: Processor model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Models for India

Common to all India models:

  • All models include a Toolless Slide Rail Kit with Cable Management Arm (CMA)

AP models: Customers in India also have access to the Asia Pacific region models.

Table 9. Models for India
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply		 Fans
Front VGA
Front diag
XCC2
Intru switch
TopSeller models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7D9A)

7D9AA02BSG

 1x 9124 16C 200W 3.0G 1x32GB 1Rx4 Option 16x 2.5" Any Open bay 2x10GT 57416 3 (x16, x8, x8) Gen4 2x 1100W 5x Perf Opt Opt Std Opt

7D9AA02ESG

 1x 9124 16C 200W 3.0G 1x32GB 2Rx8 5350-8i 8x 3.5" SAS Open bay 2x10GT 57416 2 (x16, x16) Gen4 2x 1100W 5x Perf Yes Opt Std Opt

7D9AA02FSG

 1x 9124 16C 200W 3.0G 1x32GB 2Rx8 Option 16x 2.5" Any Open bay 2x10GT 57416 2 (x16, x16) Gen4 2x 1100W 5x Perf Yes Opt Std Opt

7D9AA02KSG

 1x 9124 16C 200W 3.0G 1x32GB 2Rx8 5350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 2x10GT 57416 2 (x16, x16) Gen4 2x 1100W 5x Perf Yes Opt Std Opt

7D9AA02JSG

 1x 9254 24C 200W 2.9G 1x32GB 2Rx8 5350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 2x10GT 57416 2 (x16, x16) Gen4 2x 1100W 5x Perf Yes Opt Std Opt

7D9AA02HSG

 1x 9334 32C 210W 2.7G 1x32GB 2Rx8 5350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 2x10GT 57416 2 (x16, x16) Gen4 2x 1100W 5x Perf Yes Opt Std Opt

7D9AA02GSG

 1x 9534 64C 280W 2.45G 1x32GB 2Rx8 5350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 2x10GT 57416 2 (x16, x16) Gen4 2x 1100W 5x Perf Yes Opt Std Opt

† Processor description: Processor model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Processors

The SR665 V3 supports processors in the fourth-generation AMD EPYC family of processors. The server supports one or two processors.

Topics in this section:

Processor options

The table below lists the AMD processors that are currently supported by the SR665 V3.

All supported processors have the following characteristics:

  • Fourth-generation AMD EPYC processors (formerly codenamed "Genoa")
  • 12 DDR5 memory channels
  • 128 PCIe 5.0 I/O lanes, 64 lanes available for PCIe and NVMe devices

The SR665 V3 also supports the new 4th Gen AMD EPYC processors with "Zen 4c" architecture (formerly codenamed "Bergamo"). These processors have higher core counts, up to 128 cores, targeted at cloud native applications that are designed to exploit the scale, elasticity, resiliency, and flexibility of private & public clouds.

Table 10. SR665 V3 processor support
Part
number*		 Feature
code		 SKU Description Quantity
supported*
4th Gen AMD EPYC processors ("Genoa")
4XG7A85822 BREE 9124 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9124 16C 200W 3.0GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
4XG7A85827 BREJ 9174F ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9174F 16C 320W 4.1GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
4XG7A85819 BREH 9224 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9224 24C 200W 2.5GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
4XG7A85821 BRED 9254 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9254 24C 200W 2.9GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
4XG7A85826 BREF 9274F ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9274F 24C 320W 4.05GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
4XG7A85820 BREC 9334 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9334 32C 210W 2.7GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
4XG7A85824 BR30 9354 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9354 32C 280W 3.25GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
None BREG 9354P ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 9354P 32C 280W 3.25GHz Processor 1
4XG7A85825 BR32 9374F ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9374F 32C 320W 3.85GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
4XG7A85818 BREB 9454 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9454 48C 290W 2.75GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
None BREM 9454P ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 9454P 48C 290W 2.75GHz Processor 1
4XG7A85823 BR31 9474F ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9474F 48C 360W 3.6GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
4XG7A85817 BREA 9534 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9534 64C 280W 2.45GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
4XG7A85816 BPVJ 9554 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9554 64C 360W 3.1GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
None BREL 9554P ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 9554P 64C 360W 3.1GHz Processor 1
4XG7A85828 BR2Z 9634 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9634 84C 290W 2.25GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
4XG7A85815 BPVK 9654 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9654 96C 360W 2.4GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
None BREK 9654P ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 9654P 96C 360W 2.4GHz Processor 1
4th AMD EPYC processors with AMD 3D V-Cache ("Genoa-X")
4XG7A91035 BW9U 9684X ThinkSystem SR665 V3 AMD EPYC 9684X 96C 400W 2.55GHz Processor w/o Fan 1 or 2
4th Gen AMD EPYC processors with Zen 4c architecture ("Bergamo")
CTO only BW9S 9734 ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 9734 112C 340W 2.2GHz Processor 1 or 2
CTO only BW9T 9754 ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 9754 128C 360W 2.25GHz Processor 1 or 2

* Processors with a P suffix are single-socket capable processors and are only available in configure-to-order builds or in preconfigured models. Not available as option part numbers.

Configuration notes:

  • Processor options include a heatsink but do not include a system fan

Processor features

The following table lists the features of the supported processors.

Table 11. Processor specifications
EPYC
model**		 Cores /
Threads		 Base
Frequency		 Max Boost
Frequency†		 L3 Cache Memory
channels		 Memory
bus		 TDP
4th Gen AMD EPYC processors ("Genoa")
9124 16 / 32 3.0 GHz 3.7 GHz 64 MB 12 4800 MHz 200W
9174F 16 / 32 4.1 GHz 4.4 GHz 256 MB 12 4800 MHz 320W
9224 24 / 48 2.5 GHz 3.7 GHz 64 MB 12 4800 MHz 200W
9254 24 / 48 2.9 GHz 4.15 GHz 128 MB 12 4800 MHz 200W
9274F 24 / 48 4.05 GHz 4.3 GHz 256 MB 12 4800 MHz 320W
9334 32 / 64 2.7 GHz 3.9 GHz 128 MB 12 4800 MHz 210W
9354 32 / 64 3.25 GHz 3.8 GHz 256 MB 12 4800 MHz 280W
9354P 32 / 64 3.25 GHz 3.8 GHz 256 MB 12 4800 MHz 280W
9374F 32 / 64 3.85 GHz 4.3 GHz 256 MB 12 4800 MHz 320W
9454 48 / 96 2.75 GHz 3.8 GHz 256 MB 12 4800 MHz 290W
9454P 48 / 96 2.75 GHz 3.8 GHz 256 MB 12 4800 MHz 290W
9474F 48 / 96 3.6 GHz 4.1 GHz 256 MB 12 4800 MHz 360W
9534 64 / 128 2.45 GHz 3.7 GHz 256 MB 12 4800 MHz 280W
9554 64 / 128 3.1 GHz 3.75 GHz 256 MB 12 4800 MHz 360W
9554P 64 / 128 3.1 GHz 3.75 GHz 256 MB 12 4800 MHz 360W
9634 84 / 168 2.25 GHz 3.7 GHz 384 MB 12 4800 MHz 290W
9654 96 / 192 2.4 GHz 3.7 GHz 384 MB 12 4800 MHz 360W
9654P 96 / 192 2.4 GHz 3.7 GHz 384 MB 12 4800 MHz 360W
4th AMD EPYC processors with AMD 3D V-Cache ("Genoa-X")
9684X 96 / 192 2.55 GHz 3.7 GHz 1150 MB 12 4800 MHz 400W
4th Gen AMD EPYC processors with Zen 4c architecture ("Bergamo")
9734 112 / 224 2.2 GHz 3.0 GHz 256 MB 12 4800 MHz 340W
9754 128 / 256 2.25 GHz 3.2 GHz 256 MB 12 4800 MHz 360W

† The maximum single-core frequency that the processor is capable of operating
** Processors with a P suffix are single-socket capable processors

xGMI cabled connection

As shown in the System architecture section, the server has four xGMI links between the two processors. By default, three xGMI links are used for inter-processor communications, and the fourth xGMI connection is used to provide two PCIe x16 connections for additional PCIe and NVMe devices. However, to maximize CPU-to-CPU performance, the two xGMI connectors can be joined using a cable.

Ordering information for this xGMI cable is listed in the following table.

Table 12. xGMI cable
Part number Feature code Description
4X97A87125 BR65 SR665 V3 CPU interconnection Cable Kit*

* In DCSC, this cable may be labeled "Cable126"

Configuration notes:

  • The following configurations do not support the use of this xGMI cable:
    • Configurations with 16 or more onboard connections to NVMe drives
    • Configurations with front PCIe slots + front OCP slot + front onboard NVMe
    • Configurations with 12 PCIe slots (10x rear, 2x front)

One-processor configurations

The SR665 V3 can be used with only one processor installed. Most core functions of the server (including the XClarity Controller) are connected to processor 1 as shown in the System architecture section.

With only one processor, the server has the following capabilities:

  • 12 memory DIMMs
  • Slot 1-3 are available; Slot 4-8 are not available
  • 16 onboard SATA connections
  • 8 onboard NVMe connections

Drive support and controller support is as listed in the Storage configurations section - see the rows for 1 processor installed in the tables.

Thermal requirements by processor

For thermal requirements for processors, see the Thermal Rules section in the Information Center for the SR665 V3:
https://pubs.lenovo.com/sr665-v3/thermal_rules

Additional ambient temperature restrictions may apply. See the Operating environment section for details.

Lenovo Neptune Processor DWC Module - Open-loop liquid cooling

The SR665 V3 also supports advanced direct-water cooling (DWC) capability with the Lenovo Neptune Processor DWC Module. This module implements a liquid cooling solution where heat from the processors is removed from the rack and the data center using an open loop and coolant distrubution units. The liquid used in the loop is a mixture of water and ethylene glycol (EGW).

With the Neptune Processor DWC Module, all heat generated by the processors is removed from the server using water. This means that the server fans and data center air conditioning units only need to remove the heat generated by the other components. This results in lower air conditioning costs and it enables the use of slower fans which results in lower overall power consumption.

The following figure shows the Lenovo Neptune Processor DWC Module.

Lenovo Neptune Processor DWC Module
Figure 6. Lenovo Neptune Processor DWC Module

The Neptune Processor DWC Module also includes a leak detection module which can detect a leakage of more than 0.5ml (about 10 drops) along the length of the tube and then issue an event to the XClarity Controller. XCC will then post an error to the System Event Log and enable further actions. Once the liquid evaporates, a further event is issue to XCC.

The Neptune Processor DWC Module is only available in CTO orders, not as a field upgrade. Ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 13. Ordering information
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only BZGM* ThinkSystem V3 Neptune Processor Direct Water Cooling Solution

* In DCSC, this feature code is listed in the Processor tab

Configuration notes:

  • The Neptune Processor DWC Module requires water infrastructure be available in the rack cabinet and data center, as described in the Water infrastructure section.
  • All processor SKUs are supported, including 400W processors
  • Two CPUs are required; Configurations with one processor are not supported
  • All front drive bay configurations are supported
  • Slot 6 is not available for adapters - the water loop is routed through the space otherwise occupied by slot 6
  • Rear drive bays are supported
  • 7mm drive bays are supported only in slot 3
  • M.2 adapters are supported based on the configurations in the Storage configurations section
  • Standard fans can be configured in most configurations
  • The use of a cable management arm (CMA) is not supported

For more information, see the Thermal Rules page:
https://pubs.lenovo.com/sr665-v3/thermal_rules

The following figure shows the Lenovo Neptune Processor DWC Module installed in the SR665 V3 (risers removed to show internal components).

Lenovo Neptune Processor DWC Module installed in the SR665 V3
Figure 7. Lenovo Neptune Processor DWC Module installed in the SR665 V3

UEFI operating modes

The SR665 V3 offers preset operating modes that affect energy consumption and performance. These modes are a collection of predefined low-level UEFI settings that simplify the task of tuning the server to suit your business and workload requirements.

The following table lists the feature codes that allow you to specify the mode you wish to preset in the factory for CTO orders.

Table 14. UEFI operating mode presets in DCSC
Feature code Description
BFYA Operating mode selection for: "Maximum Efficiency Mode"
BFYB Operating mode selection for: "Maximum Performance Mode"

The preset modes for the SR665 V3 are as follows:

  • Maximum Efficiency Mode (feature BFYA): Maximizes performance/watt efficiency while maintaining reasonable performance
  • Maximum Performance Mode (feature BFYB): Achieves maximum performance but with higher power consumption and lower energy efficiency.

For details about these preset modes, and all other performance and power efficiency UEFI settings offered in the SR665 V3, see the paper "Tuning UEFI Settings for Performance and Energy Efficiency on AMD Processor-Based ThinkSystem Servers", available from https://lenovopress.lenovo.com/lp1267.

Platform Secure Boot

Platform Secure Boot (PSB) is a feature of AMD EPYC processors that helps defend against threats to firmware. It is designed to provide protection in response to growing firmware-level remote attacks being seen across the industry. AMD Secure Boot extends the AMD silicon root of trust to help protect the system by establishing an unbroken chain of trust from the AMD silicon root of trust to the BIOS. The UEFI secure boot helps continue the chain of trust from the system BIOS to the OS Bootloader. This feature helps defend against remote attackers seeking to embed malware into firmware.

With PSB enabled, the processor is cryptographically bound to the server firmware code signing key once the processors are installed in the server and the server is powered on. From that point on, that processor can only be used with motherboards that use the same code signing key.

Disabling PSB will stop the protection against remote and local attackers seeking to embed malware into a platform’s firmware, BIOS and even UEFI functions. Disabling PSB also allows you to install the processor in another server that you purchased from Lenovo, however, we do not recommend you do this by yourself. Please contact the Lenovo service team for further assistance. 

By default, the server has Platform Secure Boot enabled on the installed processors, however for factory orders, you can choose to have the server with PSB disabled. To do this, select the feature code listed in the following table. PSB can be later enabled in System Setup if desired.

Cannot be disabled once enabled: Once you enable PSB in a server, it cannot be disabled on those processors.

Table 15. Platform Secure Boot
Feature code Description Purpose
C18D Platform Secure Boot Disable PSB is not enabled in the factory. It can be later enabled in UEFI System Setup if desired.

If you add a second processor as a field upgrade and your server has PSB enabled, then as soon as you install the processor and power the server on, the processor is then cryptographically bound to the server, and can only be used in that server going forward.

Note: Platform Secure Boot (PSB) is different from the Secure Boot security feature described in the Platform Firmware Resiliency section.

Memory options

The SR665 V3 uses Lenovo TruDDR5 memory operating at up to 4800 MHz. The server supports up to 24 DIMMs with 2 processors. The processors have 12 memory channels and support 1 DIMM per channel. The server supports up to 6TB of memory using 24x 256GB 3DS RDIMMs and two processors.

The following table lists the memory options that are available for the server.

Lenovo TruDDR5 memory uses the highest quality components that are sourced from Tier 1 DRAM suppliers and only memory that meets the strict requirements of Lenovo is selected. It is compatibility tested and tuned to maximize performance and reliability. From a service and support standpoint, Lenovo TruDDR5 memory automatically assumes the system warranty, and Lenovo provides service and support worldwide.

Table 16. Memory options
Part number Feature code Description
9x4 RDIMMs
4X77A81439 BQ3E ThinkSystem 32GB TruDDR5 4800MHz (1Rx4) 9x4 RDIMM-A
4X77A81442 BQ36 ThinkSystem 64GB TruDDR5 4800MHz (2Rx4) 9x4 RDIMM-A
10x4 RDIMMs
4X77A81438 BQ39 ThinkSystem 32GB TruDDR5 4800MHz (1Rx4) 10x4 RDIMM-A
4X77A81441 BQ3D ThinkSystem 64GB TruDDR5 4800MHz (2Rx4) 10x4 RDIMM-A
4X77A81448 BUVV ThinkSystem 96GB TruDDR5 4800MHz (2Rx4) 10x4 RDIMM-A
x8 RDIMMs
4X77A81437 BQ3C ThinkSystem 16GB TruDDR5 4800MHz (1Rx8) RDIMM-A
4X77A81440 BQ37 ThinkSystem 32GB TruDDR5 4800MHz (2Rx8) RDIMM-A
10x4 3DS RDIMMs
4X77A81443 BQ3A ThinkSystem 128GB TruDDR5 4800MHz (4Rx4) 3DS RDIMM-A v2
CTO only BYEE ThinkSystem 128GB TruDDR5 4800MHz (4Rx4) 3DS RDIMM-A v1
4X77A81444 BQ3B ThinkSystem 256GB TruDDR5 4800MHz (8Rx4) 3DS RDIMM-A v2
CTO only BZPN ThinkSystem 256GB TruDDR5 4800MHz (8Rx4) 3DS RDIMM-A v1

9x4 RDIMMs (also known as Optimized or EC4 RDIMMs) are a new lower-cost DDR5 memory option supported in ThinkSystem V3 servers. 9x4 DIMMs offer the same performance as standard RDIMMs (known as 10x4 or EC8 modules), however they support lower fault-tolerance characteristics. Standard RDIMMs and 3DS RDIMMs support two 40-bit subchannels (that is, a total of 80 bits), whereas 9x4 RDIMMs support two 36-bit subchannels (a total of 72 bits). The extra bits in the subchannels allow standard RDIMMs and 3DS RDIMMs to support Single Device Data Correction (SDDC), however 9x4 RDIMMs do not support SDDC. Note, however, that all DDR5 DIMMs, including 9x4 RDIMMs, support Bounded Fault correction, which enables the server to correct most common types of DRAM failures.

For more information on DDR5 memory, see the Lenovo Press paper, Introduction to DDR5 Memory, available from https://lenovopress.com/lp1618.

The following rules apply when selecting the memory configuration:

  • The SR665 V3 supports quantities 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 DIMMs per processor; other quantities not supported
  • The server supports four types of DIMMs: 9x4 RDIMMs, 10x4 RDIMMs, x8 RDIMMs and 3DS RDIMMs; UDIMMs and LRDIMMs are not supported
  • Mixing of DIMM types is not supported (for example, 9x4 DIMMs with 10x4 RDIMMs)
  • Mixing of 128GB 3DS RDIMMs and 256GB 3DS RDIMMs is not supported
  • Mixing of 128GB 3DS RDIMMs (features BYEE and BQ3A) is not supported
  • Mixing of 256GB 3DS RDIMMs (features BZPN and BQ3B) is not supported
  • Mixing x4 and x8 DIMMs is not supported
  • Mixing of DIMM rank counts is supported. Follow the required installation order installing the DIMMs with the higher rank counts first.
  • Mixing of DIMM capacities is supported, however only two different capacities are supported across all channels of the processor (eg 16GB and 32GB). Follow the required installation order installing the larger DIMMs first.

  • The use of the 128GB 3D RDIMM feature BYEE has the following requirements for thermal reasons:

Note: Memory mirroring and memory rank sparing are not supported.

For best performance, consider the following:

  • Ensure the memory installed is at least the same speed as the memory bus of the selected processor.
  • Populate all 12 memory channels with identical DIMMs (same Lenovo part number)

The following memory protection technologies are supported:

  • ECC detection/correction
  • Bounded Fault detection/correction
  • SDDC (for x4-based memory DIMMs; look for "x4" in the DIMM description. Not supported with 9x4 RDIMMs)
  • Patrol/Demand Scrubbing
  • DRAM Address Command Parity with Replay
  • DRAM Uncorrected ECC Error Retry
  • On-die ECC
  • ECC Error Check and Scrub (ECS)
  • Post Package Repair

Internal storage

The SR665 V3 has three drive bay zones and supports up to 20x 3.5-inch or 40x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays or a combination of drive bays, depending on the selected chassis and backplane configuration. The server also supports configurations without any drive bays if desired.

The three drive bay zones are as follows:

  • Front:
    • Up to 12x 3.5-inch hot-swap bays, or
    • Up to 24x 2.5-inch hot-swap bays
  • Middle:
    • 4x 3.5-inch hot-swap bays, or
    • 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap bays
  • Rear:
    • Up to 4x 3.5-inch hot-swap bays, or
    • Up to 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap bays
    • Also supports 2x 7mm hot-swap drives bays

All drives are hot-swap and are accessible from the front, from the rear, or from drive bays that are located in the middle of the server (accessible when you remove the top cover of the server).

The server also supports one or two M.2 drives, installed in an M.2 adapter internal to the server.

In this section:

NVMe drive support

The SR665 V3 supports NVMe drives to maximize storage performance.

  • Up to 32 NVMe drives in a 2.5-inch drive configuration, without oversubscription (that is, each x4 drive has a dedicated x4 (4 lanes) connection to the processor, either direct to the processor or via a retimer adapter)
    • Up to 24 installed in front bays
    • Up to 32 installed in front and mid bays
  • Up to 8 NVMe drives in a 3.5-inch drive configuration, without oversubscription
    • All installed in mid bays

Riser 3 support: The use of the onboard NVMe ports is mutually exclusive with Riser 3, as these use the same PCIe connectors. See the System architecture section.

The specifics of these configurations are covered in the Storage configurations section. The tables in those sections indicate the number of NVMe drives in each configuration.

In addition, the SR665 V3 supports two 7mm NVMe drives for use as boot drives. These two drives optionally support RAID via a separate RAID adapter installed in a PCIe slot.

The RAID 940-8i and RAID 940-16i adapters also support NVMe through a feature named Tri-Mode support (or Trimode support). This feature enables the use of NVMe U.3 drives at the same time as SAS and SATA drives. Tri-Mode requires an AnyBay backplane. Cabling of the controller to the backplanes is the same as with SAS/SATA drives, and the NVMe drives are connected via a PCIe x1 link to the controller.

NVMe drives connected using Tri-Mode support provide better performance than SAS or SATA drives: A SATA SSD has a data rate of 6Gbps, a SAS SSD has a data rate of 12Gbps, whereas an NVMe U.3 Gen 4 SSD with a PCIe x1 link will have a data rate of 16Gbps. NVMe drives typically also have lower latency and higher IOPS compared to SAS and SATA drives. Tri-Mode is supported with U.3 NVMe drives in either 2.5-inch and 3.5-inch form factor and requires an AnyBay backplane.

Tri-Mode requires U.3 drives: Only NVMe drives with a U.3 interface are supported. U.2 drives are not supported. See the Internal drive options section for the U.3 drives supported by the server.

Front drive bays

The front drive bay zone supports the following configurations:

  • 8x or 12x 3.5-inch drive bays (all hot-swap)
  • 8x, 16x or 24x 2.5-inch drive bays (all hot-swap)
  • No backplanes and no drives (supports field upgrades)
The specific combinations that are supported in the SR665 V3 are shown in the following figures. The feature codes listed are the backplane feature codes when ordering CTO and correspond to the feature codes listed in the table below the figure. Note that NVMe and AnyBay backplanes are available either PCIe Gen4 (G4) or PCIe Gen5 (G5).

SR665 V3 front drive bay configurations - 3.5-inch drive bays
Figure 8. SR665 V3 front drive bay configurations - 3.5-inch drive bays

SR665 V3 front drive bay configurations - 2.5-inch drive bays, all the same drive type
Figure 9. SR665 V3 front drive bay configurations - 2.5-inch drive bays, all the same drive type

SR665 V3 front drive bay configurations - 2.5-inch drive bays, combinations
Figure 10. SR665 V3 front drive bay configurations - 2.5-inch drive bays, combinations

SR665 V3 front drive bay configurations - 2.5-inch drive bays with front PCIe slots
Figure 11. SR665 V3 front drive bay configurations - 2.5-inch drive bays with front PCIe slots

The backplanes used to provide these drive bays are listed in the following table.

Field upgrades: All front backplanes are available as part numbers for field upgrades along with require cable option kits, as described in the Field upgrades section below.

Table 17. Backplanes for front drive bays
Feature Description Bays PCIe
Gen		 Maximum
supported
Front 3.5-inch drive backplanes
B8LP ThinkSystem 2U 8x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 8 - 1
B8LT ThinkSystem 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 12 - 1
BPL8 ThinkSystem 2U 8x3.5" SAS/SATA+4 AnyBay Backplane 12 Gen4 1
BPL9 ThinkSystem 2U 8x3.5" SAS/SATA+4 NVMe Backplane 12 Gen4 1
BQ2S ThinkSystem 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA with Rear 4-Bay Expander Backplane 12* - 1
Front 2.5-inch drive backplanes
B8LU ThinkSystem 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 8 - 3
BH8D ThinkSystem 2U/4U 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane 8 Gen4 3
BS7Y ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" NVMe Gen5 Backplane 8 Gen5 3
BH8B ThinkSystem 2U/4U 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane 8 Gen4 3
BLL2 ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" AnyBay Gen5 Backplane 8 Gen5 3
BPL7 ThinkSystem 2U 6x2.5" SAS/SATA+2 AnyBay Backplane 8 Gen4 1
BQ2T ThinkSystem 2U 24x2.5" SAS/SATA with Rear 4-Bay Expander Backplane 24* - 1
Integrated Diagnostics Panel (for 2.5-inch configurations with 8 or 16 bays only)
BMJA ThinkSystem 2U 16x2.5" Front Operator Panel v2 - - 1

* Backplane has an onboard SAS expander that provides connectivity to SAS/SATA drive bays in a separate rear backplane (order the rear backplane separately). See also note below for BQ2T.

The use of front drive bays has the following configuration rules:

  • The SR665 V3 also supports configurations without any drive bays, allowing for drive bay upgrades as described in the field upgrades section.
  • If 3.5-inch front drive bays are used, an internal (CFF) RAID adapter or HBA is not supported as the adapter and bays occupy the same physical space
  • Any 8x 2.5-inch and 16x 2.5-inch drive configuration (SAS/SATA, AnyBay, or NVMe) can optionally be configured for use with the Integrated Diagnostics Panel as described in the Local management section. 3.5-inch drive configurations do not support the Integrated Diagnostics Panel. With the Integrated Diagnostics Display, 8-bay configurations can be upgrade to 16 bays, however 16-bay configurations cannot be upgrade to 24 bays.
  • If you are building a server configuration that includes the ThinkSystem 2U 24x2.5" SAS/SATA with Rear 4-Bay Expander Backplane (feature BQ2T) and the order also includes a rack cabinet, then you can configure at most 6 drives to be installed in the factory. The remaining drives must be ordered separately using the option part numbers for the drives. This requirement does not apply if the order does not include a rack cabinet. The requirement is due to the shock/vibration limits of the 24x 2.5-inch backplane.

Mid drive bays

The SR665 V3 supports hot-swap drives installed in the middle of the server chassis. The drive bays are accessible by removing the top lid of the server and levering the mid drive chassis up at the front.

The following configurations are supported:

  • 4x 3.5-inch hot-swap SAS/SATA drive bays
  • 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap SAS/SATA drive bays
  • 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap NVMe drive bays

The drive bays in the open position are shown in the following figure.

M.2 support: When mid drive bays are configured, the M.2 adapter is installed on the mid drive bay mechanical as shown in the images.

SR665 Mid-chassis drive bays
Figure 12. Mid-chassis drive bays

The backplanes used to provide these drive bays are listed in the following table.

Table 18. Backplanes for mid drive bays
Feature
code		 Description PCIe
Gen		 Maximum
supported
Mid - 3.5-inch drive backplane
BCQK ThinkSystem 2U 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Middle Backplane - 1
Mid - 2.5-inch drive backplane
BCQL ThinkSystem 2U 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Middle Backplane - 2‡
BDY7 ThinkSystem 2U 4x2.5" Middle NVMe Backplane Gen4 2‡

‡ 2.5-inch drive backplanes for the mid-chassis area must be installed in pairs. NVMe and SAS/SATA cannot be mixed.

Field upgrades: Backplanes are available as part numbers for field upgrades along with require cable option kits, as described in the Field upgrades section below.

The use of drive bays in the mid-chassis area has the following configuration rules:

  • All processors are supported. Higher TDP processors will require the performance heatsinks.
  • Full-length adapter cards are not supported
  • GPUs (including low profile GPUs such as the NVIDIA A2) are not supported
  • The use of mid drive bays requires Riser 1 be installed, since power for the mid bay backplanes comes from Riser 1

Rear drive bays

The SR665 V3 supports hot-swap drives installed at the rear of the server chassis. Supported configurations are as follows:

  • 3.5-inch hot-swap drives
    • 2x SAS/SATA drive bays
    • 4x SAS/SATA drive bays
  • 2.5-inch hot-swap drives
    • 4x SAS/SATA drive bays
    • 4x AnyBay drive bays
    • 8x SAS/SATA drive bays

The configurations are shown in the following figure.

SR665 V3 rear drive bay configurations
Figure 13. Rear 2.5-inch and 3.5-inch drive bay configurations

The backplanes used to provide these drive bays are listed in the following table.

7mm drives: The SR665 V3 supports two 7mm drives. See the 7mm drives section for details.

Table 19. Backplanes for rear drive bays
Feature
code		 Description PCIe
Gen		 Maximum
supported
Rear - 3.5-inch drive backplanes
BAG7 ThinkSystem 2U 2x3.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane - 1
B8L3 ThinkSystem 1U/2U 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane - 1
Rear - 2.5-inch drive backplanes
B8LV ThinkSystem 2U 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane - 1
BQ2U ThinkSystem V3 1U/2U 4x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Gen4 1
B97X ThinkSystem 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane 1 1

Field upgrades: Backplanes are available as part numbers for field upgrades along with require cable option kits, as described in the Field upgrades section below.

The use of rear drive bays has the following configuration rules:

  • The use of rear bays restricts the number of slots and the choice of risers that are supported. See the I/O expansion section for details.
  • The use of rear drive bays may require that Riser 1 or Riser 2 be installed, since power for the rear backplane comes from that riser.

Storage configurations

This section describes the various combinations of front and rear drives that the server supports, as well as M.2 support.

Tip: These tables are based on Config Matrix V1.5H in TRD 4.1.

In this section:

The following tables summarize the storage configurations for the SR665 V3. For details, including processor requirements, M.2 and 7mm support, and controller selections, see each of the Details tables.

Overview - 3.5-inch front drives

The following table summarizes the configurations that use 3.5-inch front drive bays.

Click to jump down to the details of the 3.5-inch front drive configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

Table 20. Overview - 3.5-inch front drives
Config Total
drives
(NVMe)		 Front Mid Rear Backplanes
SAS/
SATA		 Any
Bay		 NVMe 3.5"
SAS		 2.5"
SAS		 2.5"
NVMe		 3.5"
SAS		 2.5"
SAS		 2.5"
Any
1 8 (0) 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LP)
2 12 (0) 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT)
2A 12 (0) 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12x3.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2S)
3 12 (4) 8 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8xSAS/SATA+ 4xAnyBay G4 (BPL8)
3A 12 (4) 8 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 8xSAS/SATA+ 4xNVMe G4 (BPL9)
4 14 (0) 12 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Rear: 2x3.5" SAS/SATA (BAG7)
4A 14 (0) 12 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2S); Rear: 2x3.5" SAS/SATA (BAG7)
5 16 (0) 12 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Rear: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8L3)
5A 16 (0) 12 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2S); Rear: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8L3)
6 16 (0) 12 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Mid: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (BCQK)
6A 16 (0) 12 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Mid: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL)
7 16 (4) 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Rear: 4x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BQ2U)
7A 16 (4) 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2S); Rear: 4x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BQ2U)
7B 16 (0) 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LV)
8 20 (0) 12 0 0 4 0 0 4 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Mid: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (BCQK); Rear: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8L3)
8A 20 (0) 12 0 0 4 0 0 4 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2S); Mid: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (BCQK); Rear: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8L3)
9 20 (8) 12 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" NVMe G4 (BDY7)

Overview - 2.5-inch front drives supporting rear slots (no front slots)

The following table summarizes the configurations that use 2.5-inch front drives supporting rear slots (no front slots).

Click to jump down to the details of the 2.5-inch front drive configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

Table 21. Overview - 2.5-inch front drives supporting rear slots (no front slots)
Config Total
drives
(NVMe)		 Front Mid Rear Backplanes
SAS/
SATA		 Any
Bay		 NVMe 3.5"
SAS		 2.5"
SAS		 2.5"
NVMe		 3.5"
SAS		 2.5"
SAS		 2.5"
Any
10 8 (0) 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU)
11 8 (8) 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B)
11B 8 (8) 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (BLL2)
12 8 (8) 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D)
12B 8 (8) 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (BS7Y)
13 8 (2) 6 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6xSAS/SATA+ 2xAnyBay G4 (BPL7)
14 16 (0) 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU)
15 16 (16) 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 8xNVMe G4 (BH8D) + 8xAnyBay G4 (BH8B)
15B 16 (16) 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (BS7Y) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (BLL2)
16 16 (16) 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8xNVMe G4 (BH8D)
16 16 (16) 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8xAnyBay G4 (BH8B)
16C 16 (16) 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (BS7Y)
17 16 (8) 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B)
17A 16 (8) 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (BLL2)
18 16 (8) 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D)
18A 16 (8) 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (BS7Y)
19 16 (4) 12 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B)
20 24 (8) 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B)
20A 24 (8) 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (BLL2)
21 24 (8) 16 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D)
21A 24 (8) 16 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (BS7Y)
22 24 (0) 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU)
22A 24 (0) 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24x2.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2T)
23 24 (24) 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 3x 8xNVMe G4 (BH8D)
23 24 (24) 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3x 8xAnyBay G4 (BH8B)
24 24 (24) 0 8 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8xAnyBay G4 (BH8B) + 2x 8xNVMe G4 (BH8D)
24B 24 (16) 8 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 2x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D)
26 28 (0) 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LV)
26A 28 (0) 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 Front: 24x2.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2T); Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LV)
27 28 (0) 24 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL)
28 28 (4) 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Rear: 4x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BQ2U)
28A 28 (4) 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Front: 24x2.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2T); Rear: 4x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BQ2U)
29 32 (0) 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B97X)
29A 32 (0) 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 Front: 24x2.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2T); Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B97X)
30 32 (32) 0 0 24 0 0 8 0 0 0 Front: 3x 8xNVMe G4 (BH8D); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" NVMe G4 (BDY7)
31 32 (0) 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL)
32 36 (0) 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 4 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL); Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LV)
33 40 (0) 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL); Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B97X)

Overview - 2.5-inch front drives supporting front slots (no rear slots)

The following table summarizes the configurations that use 2.5-inch front drives supporting front slots (no rear slots).

Click to jump down to the details of the 2.5-inch front drive configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

Table 22. Overview - 2.5-inch front drives supporting front slots (no rear slots)
Config Total
drives
(NVMe)		 Front Mid Rear Backplanes
SAS/
SATA		 Any
Bay		 NVMe 3.5"
SAS		 2.5"
SAS		 2.5"
NVMe		 3.5"
SAS		 2.5"
SAS		 2.5"
Any
10 8 (0) 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU)
11D 8 (8) 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B)
11E 8 (8) 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (BLL2)
12D 8 (8) 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D)
12E 8 (8) 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (BS7Y)
13D 8 (2) 6 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6xSAS/SATA+ 2xAnyBay G4 (BPL7)
14 16 (0) 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU)
16 16 (16) 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8xAnyBay G4 (BH8B)
17D 16 (8) 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B)
17A 16 (8) 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (BLL2)
18D 16 (8) 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D)
18E 16 (8) 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (BS7Y)
26A 20 (0) 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LV)
27 20 (0) 16 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL)
29 24 (0) 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B97X)
31 24 (0) 16 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL)
32A 28 (0) 16 0 0 0 8 0 0 4 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL); Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LV)
33 32 (0) 16 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL); Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B97X)

Overview - 2.5-inch front drives supporting 12 slots (front & rear)

The following table summarizes the configurations that use 2.5-inch front drives supporting 12 slots (front & rear).

Click to jump down to the details of the 2.5-inch front drive configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

Table 23. Overview - 2.5-inch front drives supporting 12 slots (front & rear)
Config Total
drives
(NVMe)		 Front Mid Rear Backplanes
SAS/
SATA		 Any
Bay		 NVMe 3.5"
SAS		 2.5"
SAS		 2.5"
NVMe		 3.5"
SAS		 2.5"
SAS		 2.5"
Any
10 8 (0) 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU)
11F 8 (8) 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B)
12F 8 (8) 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D)
13 8 (2) 6 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6xSAS/SATA+ 2xAnyBay G4 (BPL7)
14 16 (0) 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU)
16 16 (16) 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8xAnyBay G4 (BH8B)
17F 16 (8) 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B)
18F 16 (8) 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D)
27A 20 (0) 16 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL)
31A 24 (0) 16 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL)

Details - 3.5-inch front bays

The following table details the configurations that use 3.5-inch front drive bays.

Click to go to the overview of the 3.5-inch front drive configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

In the table below, the M.2 and 7mm columns have the following meanings:

  • M.2 Non-RAID (SATA) means the M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe adapter (4Y37A79663) with SATA drives. No RAID support.
  • M.2 Non-RAID (NVMe) means the M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe adapter (4Y37A79663) with NVMe drives. No RAID support.
  • M.2 + RAID adapter means the M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe adapter (4Y37A79663) with either a RAID 5350-8i adapter (supporting SATA drives) or a RAID 540-8i (supporting NVMe drives). Adapter installs in a rear PCIe slot.
  • M.2 RAID means an M.2 adapter with integrated RAID, either 4Y37A09750 (Marvell) or 4Y37A90063 (Broadcom). RAID-0 and RAID-1 are supported with the integrated RAID controller.
  • 7mm Non-RAID (SATA) means the 7mm SATA/NVMe kit (BU0N) with SATA drives. No RAID support.
  • 7mm Non-RAID (NVMe) means the 7mm SATA/NVMe kit (BU0N) with NVMe drives. No RAID support.
  • 7mm + RAID adapter means the 7mm SATA/NVMe kit (BU0N) with either a RAID 5350-8i adapter (supporting SATA drives) or a RAID 540-8i (supporting NVMe drives). Adapter installs in a rear PCIe slot.
  • 7mm RAID means the 7mm kit with integrated RAID, either B8P3 (Marvell) or BYFG (Broadcom). RAID-0 and RAID-1 are supported with the integrated RAID controller.
Table 24. Details - 3.5-inch front bays
Config CPUs Front Mid Rear Backplanes M.2 7mm Supported controllers
SAS/SATA
AnyBay
NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" AnyBay
M.2 Non-RAID (SATA)
M.2 Non-RAID (NVMe)
M.2 + RAID adapter
M.2 RAID
7mm Non-RAID (SATA)
7mm Non-RAID (NVMe)
7mm + RAID adapter
7mm RAID
1-1 1 or 2 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LP) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y OB SATA
1-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i)
1-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)
2-1 2 only 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y OB SATA
2-1A 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y OB SATA
2-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
2-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
2A-1 1 or 2 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12x3.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2S) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i)
2A-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)
3-1 2 only 8 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8xSAS/SATA+ 4xAnyBay G4 (BPL8) N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
3-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
3-3 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
3-4 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
3A-1 2 only 8 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 8xSAS/SATA+ 4xNVMe G4 (BPL9) N N Y Y N Y Y Y OB SATA + OB NVMe
3A-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
3A-3 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
3A-4 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y OB SATA + OB NVMe
3A-5 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
3A-6 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
4-1 2 only 12 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Rear: 2x3.5" SAS/SATA (BAG7) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Front: OB SATA; Rear: OB SATA
4-1A 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y Front: OB SATA; Rear: OB SATA
4-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
4-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
4A-1 1 or 2 12 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2S); Rear: 2x3.5" SAS/SATA (BAG7) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i)
4A-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)
5-1 2 only 12 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Rear: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8L3) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Front: OB SATA; Rear: OB SATA
5-1A 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y Front: OB SATA; Rear: OB SATA
5-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
5-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
5A-1 1 or 2 12 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2S); Rear: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8L3) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i)
5A-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)
6-1 1 or 2 12 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Mid: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (BCQK) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
6-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
6A-1 1 or 2 12 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Mid: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
6A-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
7-1 2 only 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Rear: 4x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BQ2U) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (9350-16i or 4350-16i); Rear: OB NVMe
7-2 2 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i); Rear: OB NVMe
7-3 1 only N N Y Y N N Y Y Front: (9350-16i or 4350-16i); Rear: OB NVMe
7-4 1 only N N Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i); Rear: OB NVMe
7A-1 2 only 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2S); Rear: 4x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BQ2U) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i); Rear: OB NVMe
7A-2 2 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i); Rear: OB NVMe
7A-3 1 only N N Y Y N N Y Y Front: (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i); Rear: OB NVMe
7A-4 1 only N N Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i); Rear: OB NVMe
7B-1 1 or 2 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LV) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
7B-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
8-2 1 or 2 12 0 0 4 0 0 4 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Mid: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (BCQK); Rear: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8L3) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y 940-32i
8A-1 1 or 2 12 0 0 4 0 0 4 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2S); Mid: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (BCQK); Rear: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8L3) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
8A-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
9-1 2 only 12 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (B8LT); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" NVMe G4 (BDY7) N N Y Y N N Y Y Front: (9350-16i or 4350-16i); Mid: OB NVMe
9-2 2 only N N Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i); Mid: OB NVMe

Details - 2.5-inch front bays supporting rear slots (no front slots)

The following table details the configurations that use 2.5-inch front bays supporting rear slots (no front slots).

Click to go to the overview of the 2.5-inch front drive configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

In the table below, the M.2 and 7mm columns have the following meanings:

  • M.2 Non-RAID (SATA) means the M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe adapter (4Y37A79663) with SATA drives. No RAID support.
  • M.2 Non-RAID (NVMe) means the M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe adapter (4Y37A79663) with NVMe drives. No RAID support.
  • M.2 + RAID adapter means the M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe adapter (4Y37A79663) with either a RAID 5350-8i adapter (supporting SATA drives) or a RAID 540-8i (supporting NVMe drives). Adapter installs in a rear PCIe slot.
  • M.2 RAID means an M.2 adapter with integrated RAID, either 4Y37A09750 (Marvell) or 4Y37A90063 (Broadcom). RAID-0 and RAID-1 are supported with the integrated RAID controller.
  • 7mm Non-RAID (SATA) means the 7mm SATA/NVMe kit (BU0N) with SATA drives. No RAID support.
  • 7mm Non-RAID (NVMe) means the 7mm SATA/NVMe kit (BU0N) with NVMe drives. No RAID support.
  • 7mm + RAID adapter means the 7mm SATA/NVMe kit (BU0N) with either a RAID 5350-8i adapter (supporting SATA drives) or a RAID 540-8i (supporting NVMe drives). Adapter installs in a rear PCIe slot.
  • 7mm RAID means the 7mm kit with integrated RAID, either B8P3 (Marvell) or BYFG (Broadcom). RAID-0 and RAID-1 are supported with the integrated RAID controller.
Table 25. Details - 2.5-inch front bays supporting rear slots (no front slots)
Config CPUs Front Mid Rear Backplanes M.2 7mm Supported controllers
SAS/SATA
AnyBay
NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" AnyBay
M.2 Non-RAID (SATA)
M.2 Non-RAID (NVMe)
M.2 + RAID adapter
M.2 RAID
7mm Non-RAID (SATA)
7mm Non-RAID (NVMe)
7mm + RAID adapter
7mm RAID
10-1 2 only 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y OB SATA
10-1A 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y OB SATA
10-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i)
10-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)
10-4 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
10-5 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
10-6 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-8i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 5350-8i CFF or 440-16i CFF)
10-6A 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-8i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 5350-8i CFF or 440-16i CFF)
11-1 2 only 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B) N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
11-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
11-3 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
11-4 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
11-5 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-8i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 5350-8i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + OB NVMe
11A-1 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
11A-2 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
11A-3 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
11A-4 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
11A-5 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-8i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 5350-8i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + OB NVMe
11-6 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
11-7 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
11-8 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
11-9 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
11B-1 2 only 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (BLL2) N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
11B-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
11B-3 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
11B-4 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
11B-5 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-8i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 5350-8i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + OB NVMe
11C-1 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
11C-2 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
11C-3 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
11C-4 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
11C-5 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-8i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 5350-8i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + OB NVMe
11B-6 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
11B-7 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
11B-8 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
11B-9 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
12-1 2 only 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D) N N Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe
12A-1 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y OB NVMe
12-2 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe
12B-1 2 only 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (BS7Y) N N Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe
12C-1 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y OB NVMe
12B-2 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe
13-1 2 only 6 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6xSAS/SATA+ 2xAnyBay G4 (BPL7) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
13-2 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
13-3 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y OB SATA + OB NVMe
13-4 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
13-5 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
13-6 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y OB SATA + OB NVMe
14-1 2 only 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y OB SATA
14-1A 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y OB SATA
14-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
14-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
14-6 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF)
14-6A 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-8i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF)
15-1 2 only 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 8xNVMe G4 (BH8D) + 8xAnyBay G4 (BH8B) N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
15-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
15A-1 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
15A-2 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
15-3 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe + Retimer G4
15-4 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe + Retimer G4
15B-1 2 only 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (BS7Y) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (BLL2) N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
15B-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
15C-1 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
15C-2 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
16-1 2 only 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8xNVMe G4 (BH8D) N N Y Y N Y Y Y Retimer G4 + OB NVMe
16A-1 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y OB NVMe
16-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe
16-3 1 or 2 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8xAnyBay G4 (BH8B) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 940-16i Tri-mode
16-4 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 2x 940-8i Tri-mode
16C-1 2 only 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (BS7Y) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y OB NVMe
16B-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe
17-1 2 only 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B) N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + OB NVMe
17-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
17-3 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
17-4 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (2x 5350-8i or 2x 9350-8i or 2x 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
17-5 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y 2x (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
17-6 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
17-7 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
17-8 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (2x 5350-8i or 2x 9350-8i or 2x 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
17-9 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y 2x (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
17A-1 2 only 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (BLL2) N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + OB NVMe
17A-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
17A-3 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
17A-4 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (2x 5350-8i or 2x 9350-8i or 2x 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
17A-5 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y 2x (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
17A-6 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
17A-7 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
17A-8 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (2x 5350-8i or 2x 9350-8i or 2x 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
17A-9 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y 2x (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
18-1 2 only 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D) N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
18-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
18-3 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
18-4 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
18A-1 2 only 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (BS7Y) N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
18A-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
18A-3 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
18A-4 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
19-1 2 only 12 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B) N N Y Y N Y Y Y OB SATA + OB NVMe
19-2 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y OB SATA + OB NVMe
20-1 2 only 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B) N N Y Y N Y Y Y 940-32i + OB NVMe
20-5 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y 3x (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
20-6 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y 940-32i + OB NVMe
20A-6 1 only 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (BLL2) N N Y Y N Y Y Y 940-32i + OB NVMe
21-1 2 only 16 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D) N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + OB NVMe
21-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
21-3 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
21-4 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (2x 5350-8i or 2x 9350-8i or 2x 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
21-5 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y 2x (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
21-6 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
21-7 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
21-8 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (2x 5350-8i or 2x 9350-8i or 2x 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
21-9 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y 2x (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
21A-6 1 only 16 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (BS7Y) N N Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
21A-7 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
21A-8 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (2x 5350-8i or 2x 9350-8i or 2x 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
21A-9 1 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y 2x (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
22-1 1 or 2 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 940-32i
22-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 3x (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i)
22-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 3x (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)
22-4 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i)
22-5 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)
22A-1 1 or 2 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24x2.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2T) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i)
22A-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)
23-1 2 only 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 3x 8xNVMe G4 (BH8D) N N Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + Retimer G4
23-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + 3x Retimer G4
23-3 1 or 2 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3x 8xAnyBay G4 (BH8B) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 940-8i Tri-mode + 940-16i Tri-mode
23-4 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 3x 940-8i Tri-mode
24-1 2 only 0 8 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8xAnyBay G4 (BH8B) + 2x 8xNVMe G4 (BH8D) N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe + 3x Retimer G4
24-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe + 3x Retimer G4
24-3 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe + 1x Retimer G4
24-4 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe + 1x Retimer G4
24B-1 2 only 8 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 2x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D) N N Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe + 1x Retimer G4
24B-2 2 only N N Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe + 1x Retimer G4
24B-3 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
24B-4 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
26-1 1 or 2 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LV) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y 940-32i
26-2 2 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + Exp-44i
26-3 1 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + Exp-44i
26-4 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + Exp-44i
26-5 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + Exp-44i
26-6 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + Exp-44i
26-7 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + Exp-44i
26A-1 1 or 2 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 Front: 24x2.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2T); Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LV) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i)
26A-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)
27-1 1 or 2 24 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y 940-32i
27-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y 2x (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
27-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y 2x (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
28-1 2 only 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Rear: 4x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BQ2U) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: 940-32i; Rear: OB NVMe
28-4 2 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + Exp-44i; Rear: OB NVMe
28-5 2 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + Exp-44i; Rear: OB NVMe
28-6 2 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + Exp-44i; Rear: OB NVMe
28-7 2 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + Exp-44i; Rear: OB NVMe
28-8 2 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + Exp-44i; Rear: OB NVMe
28-9 1 only N N Y Y N N Y Y Front: 940-32i; Rear: OB NVMe
28-10 1 only N N Y Y N N Y Y Front: (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + Exp-44i; Rear: OB NVMe
28-11 1 only N N Y Y N N Y Y Front: (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + Exp-44i; Rear: OB NVMe
28-12 1 only N N Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + Exp-44i; Rear: OB NVMe
28-13 1 only N N Y Y N N Y Y Front: (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + Exp-44i; Rear: OB NVMe
28-14 1 only N N Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + Exp-44i; Rear: OB NVMe
28A-1 2 only 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Front: 24x2.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2T); Rear: 4x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BQ2U) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i); Rear: OB NVMe
28A-2 2 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i); Rear: OB NVMe
28A-3 1 only N N Y Y N N Y Y Front: (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i); Rear: OB NVMe
28A-4 1 only N N Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i); Rear: OB NVMe
29-1 1 or 2 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B97X) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 940-32i
29-2 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 2x (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
29-3 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 2x (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
29-4 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Front: 9350-16i CFF; Rear: (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
29-4A 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Front: 9350-16i CFF; Rear: (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
29-5 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Front: (940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF); Rear: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
29-5A 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Front: (940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF); Rear: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
29-6 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + Exp-44i
29-7 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + Exp-44i
29-8 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + Exp-44i
29-9 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + Exp-44i
29-10 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + Exp-44i
29-10A 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + Exp-44i
29A-1 1 or 2 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 Front: 24x2.5" SAS/SATA with Expander (BQ2T); Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B97X) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
29A-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
29A-3 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF)
29A-3A 1 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF)
30-1 2 only 0 0 24 0 0 8 0 0 0 Front: 3x 8xNVMe G4 (BH8D); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" NVMe G4 (BDY7) N N Y Y N Y Y Y Front: Retimer + OB NVMe; Mid: 2x Retimer
31-1 1 or 2 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y 940-32i
31-2 2 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y 2x (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
31-3 2 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y 2x (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
32-1 1 or 2 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 4 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL); Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LV) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: 940-32i; Mid: (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)
32-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + Exp-44i
32-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + Exp-44i
32-4 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + Exp-44i
32-5 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + Exp-44i
32-6 2 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + Exp-44i
32-6A 1 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + Exp-44i
33-1 2 only 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL); Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B97X) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + Exp-44i; Mid: Exp-44i
33-2 1 only Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + Exp-44i; Mid: Exp-44i
33-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + Exp-44i; Mid: Exp-44i
33-4 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + Exp-44i; Mid: Exp-44i

Details - 2.5-inch front bays supporting front slots (no rear slots)

The following table details the configurations that use 2.5-inch front bays supporting front slots (no rear slots).

Click to go to the overview of the 2.5-inch front drive configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

In the table below, the M.2 and 7mm columns have the following meanings:

  • M.2 Non-RAID (SATA) means the M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe adapter (4Y37A79663) with SATA drives. No RAID support.
  • M.2 Non-RAID (NVMe) means the M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe adapter (4Y37A79663) with NVMe drives. No RAID support.
  • M.2 + RAID adapter means the M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe adapter (4Y37A79663) with either a RAID 5350-8i adapter (supporting SATA drives) or a RAID 540-8i (supporting NVMe drives). Adapter installs in a rear PCIe slot.
  • M.2 RAID means an M.2 adapter with integrated RAID, either 4Y37A09750 (Marvell) or 4Y37A90063 (Broadcom). RAID-0 and RAID-1 are supported with the integrated RAID controller.
  • 7mm Non-RAID (SATA) means the 7mm SATA/NVMe kit (BU0N) with SATA drives. No RAID support.
  • 7mm Non-RAID (NVMe) means the 7mm SATA/NVMe kit (BU0N) with NVMe drives. No RAID support.
  • 7mm + RAID adapter means the 7mm SATA/NVMe kit (BU0N) with either a RAID 5350-8i adapter (supporting SATA drives) or a RAID 540-8i (supporting NVMe drives). Adapter installs in a rear PCIe slot.
  • 7mm RAID means the 7mm kit with integrated RAID, either B8P3 (Marvell) or BYFG (Broadcom). RAID-0 and RAID-1 are supported with the integrated RAID controller.
Table 26. Details - 2.5-inch front bays supporting front slots (no rear slots)
Config CPUs Front Mid Rear Backplanes M.2 7mm Supported controllers
SAS/SATA
AnyBay
NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" AnyBay
M.2 Non-RAID (SATA)
M.2 Non-RAID (NVMe)
M.2 + RAID adapter
M.2 RAID
7mm Non-RAID (SATA)
7mm Non-RAID (NVMe)
7mm + RAID adapter
7mm RAID
10-2 1 or 2 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i)
10-3 1 or 2 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)
10-4 1 or 2 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
10-5 1 or 2 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
11D-1 2 only 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B) N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
11D-2 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
11D-3 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
11D-4 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
11E-1 2 only 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (BLL2) N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
11E-2 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
11E-3 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
11E-4 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
12D-1 2 only 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D) N Y Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe
12E-1 2 only 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (BS7Y) N Y Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe
13D-1 2 only 6 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6xSAS/SATA+ 2xAnyBay G4 (BPL7) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
13D-2 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
14-2 1 or 2 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
14-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
16-3 1 or 2 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8xAnyBay G4 (BH8B) N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 940-16i Tri-mode
16-4 1 or 2 N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 2x 940-8i Tri-mode
17D-2 2 only 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B) N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
17D-3 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
17D-4 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (2x 5350-8i or 2x 9350-8i or 2x 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
17D-5 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y 2x (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
17A-1 2 only 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (BLL2) N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF) + OB NVMe
17E-2 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe
17E-3 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe
17E-4 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (2x 5350-8i or 2x 9350-8i or 2x 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
17E-5 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y 2x (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
18D-1 2 only 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D) N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
18D-2 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
18E-1 2 only 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (BS7Y) N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
18E-2 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
26A-1 1 or 2 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LV) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i); Rear: (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)
26A-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (9350-16i or 4350-16i); Rear: (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i)
27-1 1 or 2 16 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 940-32i
27A-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Front: (9350-16i or 4350-16i); Mid: (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i)
29-1 1 or 2 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B97X) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 940-32i
29-6 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + Exp-44i
29-7 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + Exp-44i
29-8 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + Exp-44i
29-9 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + Exp-44i
31-1 1 or 2 16 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 940-32i
31A-3 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Front: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i); Mid: (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)
32A-1 1 or 2 16 0 0 0 8 0 0 4 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL); Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LV) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y 940-32i
32A-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (9350-16i or 4350-16i); Rear: (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
32A-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i); Rear: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
32-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + Exp-44i
32-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + Exp-44i
32-4 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + Exp-44i
32-5 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + Exp-44i
33-3 1 or 2 16 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL); Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B97X) Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + Exp-44i; Mid: Exp-44i
33-4 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Front: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + Exp-44i; Mid: Exp-44i
33A-1 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 940-32i
33A-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Front: (9350-16i or 4350-16i); Rear: (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
33A-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Front: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i); Rear: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)

Details - 2.5-inch front drives supporting 12 slots (front & rear)

The following table details the configurations that use 2.5-inch front drives supporting 12 slots (front & rear).

Click to go to the overview of the 2.5-inch front drive configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

In the table below, the M.2 and 7mm columns have the following meanings:

  • M.2 Non-RAID (SATA) means the M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe adapter (4Y37A79663) with SATA drives. No RAID support.
  • M.2 Non-RAID (NVMe) means the M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe adapter (4Y37A79663) with NVMe drives. No RAID support.
  • M.2 + RAID adapter means the M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe adapter (4Y37A79663) with either a RAID 5350-8i adapter (supporting SATA drives) or a RAID 540-8i (supporting NVMe drives). Adapter installs in a rear PCIe slot.
  • M.2 RAID means an M.2 adapter with integrated RAID, either 4Y37A09750 (Marvell) or 4Y37A90063 (Broadcom). RAID-0 and RAID-1 are supported with the integrated RAID controller.
  • 7mm Non-RAID (SATA) means the 7mm SATA/NVMe kit (BU0N) with SATA drives. No RAID support.
  • 7mm Non-RAID (NVMe) means the 7mm SATA/NVMe kit (BU0N) with NVMe drives. No RAID support.
  • 7mm + RAID adapter means the 7mm SATA/NVMe kit (BU0N) with either a RAID 5350-8i adapter (supporting SATA drives) or a RAID 540-8i (supporting NVMe drives). Adapter installs in a rear PCIe slot.
  • 7mm RAID means the 7mm kit with integrated RAID, either B8P3 (Marvell) or BYFG (Broadcom). RAID-0 and RAID-1 are supported with the integrated RAID controller.
Table 27. Details - 2.5-inch front drives supporting 12 slots (front & rear)
Config CPUs Front Mid Rear Backplanes M.2 7mm Supported controllers
SAS/SATA
AnyBay
NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" AnyBay
M.2 Non-RAID (SATA)
M.2 Non-RAID (NVMe)
M.2 + RAID adapter
M.2 RAID
7mm Non-RAID (SATA)
7mm Non-RAID (NVMe)
7mm + RAID adapter
7mm RAID
10-1 2 only 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y OB SATA
10-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i)
10-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)
10-4 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
10-5 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
10-6 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-8i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 5350-8i CFF or 440-16i CFF)
11F-1 2 only 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B) N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe + Retimer
11F-2 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe + Retimer
11F-3 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe + Retimer
11F-4 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe + Retimer
12F-1 2 only 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D) N Y Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + Retimer
13-1 2 only 6 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6xSAS/SATA+ 2xAnyBay G4 (BPL7) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe
13-2 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe
14-1 2 only 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) N Y Y Y N Y Y Y OB SATA
14-2 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i)
14-3 1 or 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i)
14-6 2 only Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y (9350-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF or 440-16i CFF)
16-3 1 or 2 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8xAnyBay G4 (BH8B) N Y Y Y N Y Y Y 940-16i Tri-mode
16-4 1 or 2 N Y Y Y N Y Y Y 2x 940-8i Tri-mode
17F-2 2 only 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" AnyBay G4 (BH8B) N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (9350-16i or 4350-16i) + OB NVMe + Retimer
17F-3 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i) + OB NVMe + Retimer
17F-4 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (2x 5350-8i or 2x 9350-8i or 2x 4350-8i) + OB NVMe + Retimer
17F-5 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y 2x (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe + Retimer
18F-1 2 only 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU) + 1x 8x2.5" NVMe G4 (BH8D) N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i) + OB NVMe + Retimer
18F-2 2 only N Y Y Y N Y Y Y (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i) + OB NVMe + Retimer
27A-2 1 or 2 16 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Front: (9350-16i or 4350-16i); Mid: (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-8i)
31A-3 2 only 16 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (B8LU); Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (BCQL) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Front: (940-16i or 540-16i or 440-16i); Mid: (940-8i or 540-8i or 440-8i)

Field upgrades

The SR665 V3 is orderable without drive bays, allowing you to add a backplane, cabling and controllers as field upgrades. The server also supports upgrading some configurations by adding additional front drive bays (for example, upgrading from 8 to 16x 2.5-inch drive bays).

To add drive bays you will need to order both drive backplanes and cable kits. Backplane kits do not include cables.

The upgrades are listed as follows:

For more information about the backplane kits and cable kits, see the Lenovo server options site:
https://serveroption.lenovo.com/cable_kit_options/

3.5-inch chassis drive bay upgrades

The table below lists the backplane kits and cable kits needed to build one of the supported 3.5-inch chassis configurations.

Tip: The configurations each have a letter that matches the configurations listed in the Storage configurations section.

Table 28. Drive bay field upgrade for the 3.5-inch chassis (Blue = SAS/SATA, Purple = AnyBay, Red = NVMe)
Cfg Front Mid Rear Backplane and cable kits required (all required)
SAS/
SATA		 Any
Bay		 NVMe 3.5"
SAS		 2.5"
SAS		 2.5"
NVMe		 3.5"
SAS		 2.5"
SAS		 2.5"
Any
1 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A60932, ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 8x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85163, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
2 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85163, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
2A 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A86133, ThinkSystem SR665 V3/SR655 V3 12x3.5" Expander Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85179, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 12x3.5"+ 24x2.5" Expander Backplane Cable Option Kit
3 8 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A85900, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 12x3.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85164, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane AnyBay Cable Option Kit
3A 8 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A85900, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 12x3.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85164, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane AnyBay Cable Option Kit
4 12 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0
  • 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A60940, ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 Rear 2x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85163, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85165, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
4A 12 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0
  • 4XH7A86133, ThinkSystem SR665 V3/SR655 V3 12x3.5" Expander Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A60940, ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 Rear 2x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85179, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 12x3.5"+ 24x2.5" Expander Backplane Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85165, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
5 12 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0
  • 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A60939, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U Rear 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85163, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85165, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
5A 12 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0
  • 4XH7A86133, ThinkSystem SR665 V3/SR655 V3 12x3.5" Expander Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A60939, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U Rear 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85179, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 12x3.5"+ 24x2.5" Expander Backplane Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85165, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
6 12 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A85892, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Middle 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85163, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85166, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
6A 12 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A85890, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Middle 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85163, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85175, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
7B 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0
  • 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A60938, ThinkSystem V3 2U 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85163, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85173, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
8 12 0 0 4 0 0 4 0 0
  • 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A85892, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Middle 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A60939, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U Rear 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85163, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85166, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85165, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
8A 12 0 0 4 0 0 4 0 0
  • 4XH7A86133, ThinkSystem SR665 V3/SR655 V3 12x3.5" Expander Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A85892, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Middle 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A60939, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U Rear 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85179, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 12x3.5"+ 24x2.5" Expander Backplane Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85166, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85165, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
9 12 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A60929, ThinkSystem V2/V3 2U 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4XH7A85891, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Middle 4x2.5" NVMe Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85163, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97A85176, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Middle Backplane NVMe Cable Option Kit

When adding drive bays, you will also need to add the appropriate storage controller(s). Consult the tables in the Storage configurations section to determine what controller sections are supported and what additional controllers you will need. Controllers are described in the Controllers for internal storage section.

2.5-inch chassis drive bay upgrades

The table below lists the backplane kits and cable kits needed to build one of the supported 2.5-inch chassis configurations.

Tip: The configurations each have a letter that matches the configurations listed in the Storage configurations section.

Note: Front drive cable kits are based on the location of the backplane in the server. The three backplane locations are BP1, BP2 and BP3 as shown in the following figure.

Backplane numbering
Figure 14. Backplane numbering

Table 29. Drive bay field upgrade for the 2.5-inch chassis (Blue = SAS/SATA, Purple = AnyBay, Red = NVMe)
Cfg Front Mid Rear Backplane and cable kits required (all required)
SAS/
SATA		 Any
Bay		 NVMe 3.5"
SAS		 2.5"
SAS		 2.5"
NVMe		 3.5"
SAS		 2.5"
SAS		 2.5"
Any
10 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85168, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
11 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A85901, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85167, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front AnyBay BP1 Cable Option Kit
12 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A82910, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A87124, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 AnyBay Cable Option Kit (CPU Balance)
13 6 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A85901, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85167, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front AnyBay BP1 Cable Option Kit
14 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 2x 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85168, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85170, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
15 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A85901, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A82910, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85167, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front AnyBay BP1 Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A86789, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 AnyBay Cable Option Kit (CPU Balance)
16 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 2x 4XH7A82910, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A87124, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 AnyBay Cable Option Kit (CPU Balance)
  • 4X97A86789, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 AnyBay Cable Option Kit (CPU Balance)
16 Tri-mode 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 2x 4XH7A85901, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85168, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85170, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
17 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A85901, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A85901, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85169, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front AnyBay BP2 Cable Option Kit
18 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A82910, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A85901, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A86789, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 AnyBay Cable Option Kit (CPU Balance)
19 12 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A82910, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A85901, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A86789, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 AnyBay Cable Option Kit (CPU Balance)
20 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 2x 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85168, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85170, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
21 16 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 2x 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85168, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85170, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85171, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front AnyBay BP3 Cable Option Kit
22 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 3x 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85168, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85170, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85172, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
22A 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A86134, ThinkSystem SR665 V3/SR655 V3 24x2.5" Expander Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85179, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 12x3.5"+ 24x2.5" Expander Backplane Cable Option Kit
23 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 3x 4XH7A82910, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A87124, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 AnyBay Cable Option Kit (CPU Balance)
  • 4X97A86789, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 AnyBay Cable Option Kit (CPU Balance)
  • 4X97A85171, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front AnyBay BP3 Cable Option Kit
23 Tri-mode 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 3x 4XH7A85901, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85168, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85170, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85172, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
24 0 8 16 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A85901, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4XH7A82910, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85167, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front AnyBay BP1 Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A86789, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 AnyBay Cable Option Kit (CPU Balance)
  • 4X97A85171, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front AnyBay BP3 Cable Option Kit
24B 8 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4XH7A82910, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A85901, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A86789, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 AnyBay Cable Option Kit (CPU Balance)
  • 4X97A85171, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front AnyBay BP3 Cable Option Kit
25                  
  • 2x 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A85901, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A60938, ThinkSystem V3 2U 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85168, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85170, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85171, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front AnyBay BP3 Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85173, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
26 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0
  • 3x 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A60938, ThinkSystem V3 2U 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85168, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85170, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85172, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85173, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
26A 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0
  • 4XH7A86134, ThinkSystem SR665 V3/SR655 V3 24x2.5" Expander Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A60938, ThinkSystem V3 2U 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85179, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 12x3.5"+ 24x2.5" Expander Backplane Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85173, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
27 24 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0
  • 3x 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A85890, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Middle 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85168, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85170, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85172, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85175, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
29 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0
  • 3x 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A60941, ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 Rear 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85168, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85170, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85172, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85173, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
29A 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0
  • 4XH7A86134, ThinkSystem SR665 V3/SR655 V3 24x2.5" Expander Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A60941, ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 Rear 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85179, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 12x3.5"+ 24x2.5" Expander Backplane Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85173, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
30 0 0 24 0 0 8 0 0 0
  • 3x 4XH7A82910, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4XH7A85891, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Middle 4x2.5" NVMe Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A87124, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 AnyBay Cable Option Kit (CPU Balance)
  • 4X97A86789, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 AnyBay Cable Option Kit (CPU Balance)
  • 4X97A85171, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front AnyBay BP3 Cable Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97A85176, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Middle Backplane NVMe Cable Option Kit
31 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0
  • 3x 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4XH7A85890, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Middle 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85168, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85170, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85172, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97A85175, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
32 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 4 0
  • 3x 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4XH7A85890, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Middle 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A60938, ThinkSystem V3 2U 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85168, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85170, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85172, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97A85175, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85173, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
33 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 0
  • 3x 4XH7A60930, ThinkSystem V3 2U 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4XH7A85890, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Middle 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7A60941, ThinkSystem SR650 V2/SR665 Rear 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97A85168, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85170, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85172, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97A85175, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Middle Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit
  • 4X97A85173, ThinkSystem SR665 V3 2.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Option Kit

When adding drive bays, you will also need to add the appropriate storage controller(s). Consult the tables in the Storage configurations section to determine what controller sections are supported and what additional controllers you will need. Controllers are described in the Controllers for internal storage section.

Upgrades to Retimer adapters

If you are upgrading to a configuration that includes a Retimer adapter (see the Detailed tables in the Storage configurations section), then you will need to also order one of the following cable kits.

Table 30. Cable kits when upgrading to a Retimer configuration
Part number Description Quantity
required
4X97A85860 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 32x2.5" PCIe Gen4 NVME Retimer Cable Option Kit 1
4X97A85859 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 24x2.5" PCIe Gen4 NVME Retimer Cable Option Kit 1

Upgrades to an Internal (CFF) HBA/RAID adapter

If you want to add an internal (CFF) storage adapter (HBA, RAID adapter or SAS expander) to a configuration, you will need to order the cable kit as listed in the following table. Suitable upgrades are either replacing an existing adapter in a rear PCIe slot, or adding the CFF adapter to a server without any storage adapter installed.

The cable kit to order is listed in the following table.

Table 31. Cable kit when upgrading to an Internal HBA/RAID adapter
Part number Description Quantity
required
4X97A85177 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Internal HBA/RAID Adapter Cable Option Kit 1

RAID flash power module (supercap) support

If you plan to add one of the RAID adapters that includes a RAID flash power module (supercap) as a field upgrade, then you may also need to order a Supercap installation kit for the supercap, depending on the location where the supercap will be installed. For CTO orders, the components needed are automatically derived when you select the RAID adapter.

The adapters that this applies to are as follows:

  • Any supported RAID 9350 adapter
  • Any supported RAID 940 adapter

The location of the supercaps depends on the mid-chassis drive cage used in the server, as shown in the following table.

Table 32. Supercap support
Mid drive cage Supercaps
supported		 Location of supercaps Supercap holder
No mid drive cage 4 Mounted on the air baffle Not needed
2.5-inch drives 2 Mounted on the left side of the mid drive cage Integrated into the left side of the 2.5-inch mid drive cage
3.5-inch drives 1 Mounted under the system fan cage Included with ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Middle 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit (4XH7A85892) or order separately (see below)

For 3.5-inch drive bay configurations, if the server already has 3.5-inch mid-chassis drive bays, then the supercap holder is already present under the system fan cages. If you plan to add 3.5-inch mid-chassis drive bays by adding ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Middle 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit (4XH7A85892), then the supercap holder is part of the option kit.

7mm drives

The SR665 V3 supports two 7mm drives, either both SATA or both NVMe, at the rear of the server. These drives go in place of either PCIe slot 3 (Riser 1) or PCIe slot 6 (Riser 2) as shown in the following figure.

SR665 rear 7mm drive bay configurations
Figure 15. Rear 7mm drive bay configurations

For CTO orders, the configuration includes the drive bays and the cage the the drive bays are mounted on to.The cage required depends on where the 7mm drives are located (Riser 1 or Riser 2) and whether there are PCIe slots above the 7mm drive bays. The following table lists the ordering information.

Tip for 4x 3.5-inch rear drives: If you wish to configure 4x 3.5-inch rear drives plus 7mm drives in a CTO configuration, the 7mm drives will install in slot 6. You should specify riser card BLKP for Riser 1 and then leave Riser 2 without a riser selected.

Table 33. CTO feature codes for 7mm drive bays
Feature
code		 Description SATA
drives		 NVMe
drives		 RAID Maximum
supported		 Windows 10/11
support
Backplane - 7mm drives  
BU0N ThinkSystem 7mm SATA/NVMe 2-Bay Rear Enablement Kit v2 Yes Yes (x1 lane) Optional 1 No
B8P3 ThinkSystem 2U 7mm Drive Kit w/ NVMe RAID No Yes (x1 lane) Integrated (Marvell) 1 No
BYFG ThinkSystem 7mm SATA/NVMe 2-Bay Rear Hot-Swap RAID Enablement Kit Yes Yes (x1 lane) Integrated (Broadcom) 1 Supported

The following table lists the PCIe RAID adapters that can be used to add RAID functionality to ThinkSystem 7mm SATA/NVMe 2-Bay Rear Enablement Kit v2 (BU0N)

Table 34. CTO feature codes to select 7mm RAID (ThinkSystem 7mm SATA/NVMe 2-Bay Rear Enablement Kit v2 only)
Feature
code		 Description Maximum
supported
Hardware RAID support for ThinkSystem 7mm SATA/NVMe 2-Bay Rear Enablement Kit v2 (BU0N)
BT7N ThinkSystem RAID 5350-8i for M.2/7mm SATA Boot Enablement 1
BT7P ThinkSystem RAID 540-8i for M.2/7mm NVMe Boot Enablement 1

The use of the 7mm rear drive bays has the following configuration rules:

  • The 7mm rear drive kit is supported in either slot 3 or slot 6 but not both at the same time.
  • M.2 and 7mm are mutually exclusive: they are not supported together in the same configuration
  • For ThinkSystem 7mm SATA/NVMe 2-Bay Rear Enablement Kit v2 (feature BU0N):
    • The 7mm drive bays support either SATA drives or NVMe drives but not both. You specify SATA or NVMe in the configurator using feature codes BTTV (SATA) or BTTW (NVMe).
    • If RAID support is required, select feature code BS7A in the configurator to enable RAID
    • The support of RAID-1 with the 7mm drives requires an additional RAID adapter that is installed in PCIe slot 2 or slot 3:
      • RAID support for 7mm SATA drives requires a RAID 5350-8i adapter (feature BT7N)
      • RAID support for 7mm NVMe drives requires a RAID 540-8i adapter operating in Tri-Mode (feature BT7P)
    • The RAID adapter used for 7mm drive support cannot be configured for use with other drive bays (not even with M.2)
    • If RAID support is not required, the 7mm drives connect to an onboard port; No additional adapter is required
  • For ThinkSystem 2U 7mm Drive Kit w/ NVMe RAID (feature B8P3)
    • The adapter only supports NVMe drives
    • RAID functionality is integrated into the 7mm adapter using a Marvell 88NR2241 NVMe RAID Controller
  • For ThinkSystem 7mm SATA/NVMe 2-Bay Rear Hot-Swap RAID Enablement Kit (feature BYFG)
    • The adapter supports either SATA or NVMe drives
    • RAID functionality is integrated into the 7mm adapter using a Broadcom RAID Controller

7mm drive field upgrades

For field upgrades, using the following ordering information. The kits include two cages for use depending on your PCIe slot configuration. The cages are for either Riser 1 or Riser 2. The part numbers also include the cables necessary to connect the 7mm backplane to either the system board or RAID adapter.

Table 35. Field upgrade part numbers for 7mm drives
Part number Description Purpose
7mm Enablement Kits
4XH7A85898

ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Rear 2x7mm SATA/NVMe Enablement Kit

  • 2-bay hot-swap drive enclosure
  • 2FH+7mm SSD Riser Cage (with 2 FH PCIe slots)
  • 7mm SSD Riser Cage (without PCIe slots)
  • 2x 7mm drive bay fillers
  • Signal and power cables for onboard connections
 7mm drive bays for SATA or NVMe drive support with no RAID support (does not include cables needed for RAID support with a separate adapter)
4XH7A85899

ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Rear 2x7mm SATA/NVMe RAID Enablement Kit

  • 2-bay SATA hot-swap drive enclosure
  • 2FH+7mm SSD Riser Cage (with 2 FH PCIe slots)
  • 7mm SSD Riser Cage (without PCIe slots)
  • 2x 7mm drive bay fillers
  • Signal and power cables for RAID adapter connectivity
 7mm drive bays for SATA or NVMe drives, plus cables for use with a RAID adapter. Requires a separate RAID adapter for RAID support.
4XH7A88742

ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Rear 2x7mm NVMe RAID Enablement Kit

  • 2-bay hot-swap drive enclosure
  • 2FH+7mm SSD Riser Cage (with 2 FH PCIe slots)
  • 7mm SSD Riser Cage (without PCIe slots)
  • 2x 7mm drive bay fillers
  • Signal and power cables for onboard connections
 7mm drive bays for NVMe drive support. RAID support is integrated into the adapter using an onboard Marvell 88NR2241 NVMe RAID controller.
4XH7A93167

ThinkSystem SR665 V3/SR655 V3 7mm RAID B540p-2HS SATA/NVMe Enablement Kit

  • 2-bay hot-swap drive enclosure
  • 2FH+7mm SSD Riser Cage (with 2 FH PCIe slots)
  • 7mm SSD Riser Cage (without PCIe slots)
  • 2x 7mm drive bay fillers
  • Signal and power cables for onboard connections
 7mm drive bays for SATA or NVMe drive support. RAID support is integrated into the adapter using an onboard Broadcom RAID controller.
RAID adapters for optional 7mm HW RAID support (for use with 4XH7A85899)
4Y37A72482 ThinkSystem RAID 5350-8i PCIe 12Gb Adapter RAID adapter needed for SATA RAID-1 with 2x 7mm SATA drives
4Y37A78834 ThinkSystem RAID 540-8i PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter

RAID adapter needed for NVMe RAID-1 with 2x 7mm NVMe drives

Tip: Once the 540-8i adapter is installed, it will need to be configured to operate in Tri-mode to enable NVMe RAID.

M.2 drives

The SR665 V3 supports one or two M.2 form-factor SATA or NVMe drives for use as an operating system boot solution or as additional storage.

The M.2 drives install into an M.2 module which is mounted horizontally in the server:

  • In servers without mid-chassis drives, the M.2 module is mounted on the air baffle
  • With a mid-chassis drive cage (2.5-inch or 3.5-inch), the M.2 module is mounted on the drive cage, as shown in the Mid drive bays section.

The supported M.2 modules are listed in the following table. For field upgrades see the M.2 field upgrades section below.

Table 36. M.2 modules
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description SATA
drives		 NVMe
drives		 RAID Maximum
supported		 Windows 10/11
support
4Y37A09738 B5XJ ThinkSystem M.2 SATA/NVMe 2-Bay Enablement Kit Yes Yes (x1 lane) No 1 Supported
4Y37A79663 BM8X ThinkSystem M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe 2-Bay Adapter Yes Yes (x4 lanes) Optional 1 Supported
4Y37A09750 B8P9 ThinkSystem M.2 NVMe 2-Bay RAID Adapter No Yes (x1 lane) Integrated (Marvell) 1 No
4Y37A90063 BYFF ThinkSystem M.2 RAID B540i-2i SATA/NVMe Adapter Yes Yes (x1 lane) Integrated (Broadcom) 1 Supported

The ThinkSystem M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe 2-Bay Adapter optionally supports RAID with the addition of a separate RAID adapter is required. For CTO orders, ordering information is listed in the following table to derive the required RAID adapter.

Table 37. CTO feature codes to select M.2 RAID (ThinkSystem M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe 2-Bay Adapter only)
Feature
code		 Description RAID
support		 Maximum
supported		 Windows 10/11
support
BT7N ThinkSystem RAID 5350-8i for M.2/7mm SATA Boot Enablement SATA 1 Supported
BT7P ThinkSystem RAID 540-8i for M.2/7mm NVMe Boot Enablement NVMe 1 Supported

Configuration notes:

  • M.2 is not supported with all storage configurations - see Storage configurations for details.
  • M.2 and 7mm are mutually exclusive: they are not supported together in the same configuration
  • For field upgrades, an additional cable is needed as described in the M.2 field upgrades section below
  • For ThinkSystem M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe 2-Bay Adapter (4Y37A79663):
    • RAID support is implemented with the use of an additional RAID adapter installed in a slot
    • The adapter is not supported with Riser 3 or front PCIe slots
    • If RAID support is not required, the M.2 adapter connects to an onboard port. No additional adapter is required
    • The support of RAID-1 with the M.2 drives requires an additional RAID adapter that is installed in PCIe slot 2 or slot 3:
      • RAID support for M.2 SATA drives requires a RAID 5350-8i adapter (feature BT7N)
      • RAID support for M.2 NVMe drives requires a RAID 540-8i adapter operating in Tri-Mode (feature BT7P)
    • The RAID adapter used for M.2 drive support cannot be configured for use with other drive bays (not even with 7mm)
  • For ThinkSystem M.2 NVMe 2-Bay RAID Adapter (4Y37A09750):
    • RAID is implemented using an onboard Marvell 88NR2241 NVMe RAID controller
  • For ThinkSystem M.2 RAID B540i-2i SATA/NVMe Adapter (4Y37A90063):
    • RAID is implemented using an onboard Broadcom RAID controller

Supported drives are listed in the Internal drive options section.

The ThinkSystem M.2 SATA/NVMe 2-Bay Enablement Kit has the following features:

  • Supports one or two M.2 drives, either SATA or NVMe
  • When two drives installed, they must be either both SATA or both NVMe
  • Support 42mm, 60mm, 80mm and 110mm drive form factors (2242, 2260, 2280 and 22110)
  • On the SR665 V3, no RAID support
  • Either 6Gbps SATA or PCIe 3.0 x1 interface to the drives depending on the drives installed
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature through I2C
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools

The ThinkSystem M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe 2-Bay Adapter has the following features:

  • Supports one or two M.2 drives, either SATA or NVMe
  • When two drives installed, they must be either both SATA or both NVMe
  • Support 42mm, 60mm, 80mm and 110mm drive form factors (2242, 2260, 2280 and 22110)
  • No onboard RAID; RAID functionality is provided by a separate adapter (SATA or NVMe)
  • Either 6Gbps SATA or PCIe 4.0 x4 interface to the drives depending on the drives installed
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature through I2C
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools
  • When connected to a separate PCIe RAID adapter, supports SED drive encryption via the RAID adapter, otherwise no SED support

The ThinkSystem M.2 NVMe 2-Bay RAID Adapter (4Y37A09750) has the following features:

  • Supports one or two NVMe M.2 drives
  • Support 42mm, 60mm, 80mm and 110mm drive form factors (2242, 2260, 2280 and 22110)
  • RAID support via an onboard Marvell 88NR2241 NVMe RAID Controller
  • With 1 drive, supports single-drive RAID-0
  • With 2 drives, supports 2-drive RAID-0, 2-drive RAID-1, or two single-drive RAID-0 arrays
  • PCIe 3.0 x2 host interface; PCIe 3.0 x1 connection to each drive
  • Management and configuration support via UEFI and OS-based tools
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature through I2C
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools
  • No support for SED drive encryption

The ThinkSystem M.2 RAID B540i-2i SATA/NVMe Adapter (4Y37A90063) has the following features:

  • Supports one or two M.2 drives, either SATA or NVMe
  • Support 42mm, 60mm, 80mm and 110mm drive form factors (2242, 2260, 2280 and 22110)
  • RAID support via an onboard Broadcom SAS3808N RAID Controller
  • With 1 drive, supports JBOD
  • With 2 drives, supports 2-drive RAID-0, 2-drive RAID-1, or JBOD
  • PCIe 4.0 x2 host interface; PCIe 4.0 x1 connection to each drive
  • Management and configuration support via UEFI and OS-based tools
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools
  • Supports SED drive encryption

M.2 field upgrades

For field upgrades, the SR665 V3 also requires additional cables necessary to connect the M.2 to either the system board or RAID adapter. Ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 38. Cable kit for M.2 drive support
Part number Description
M.2 Cable Kit - cables for use with RAID adapters or with onboard connectivity
4X97A87126 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 M.2 Enablement Cable Option Kit
RAID adapters for M.2 RAID support (ThinkSystem M.2 SATA/x4 NVMe 2-Bay Adapter only)
4Y37A72482 ThinkSystem RAID 5350-8i PCIe 12Gb Adapter (SATA M.2 support)
4Y37A78834 ThinkSystem RAID 540-8i PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter (NVMe M.2 support using Tri-Mode)

SED encryption key management with SKLM

The server supports self-encrypting drives (SEDs) as listed in the Internal drive options section. To effectively manage a large deployment of these drives in Lenovo servers, IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager (SKLM) offers a centralized key management solution. A Lenovo Feature on Demand (FoD) upgrade is used to enable this SKLM support in the management processor of the server.

The following table lists the part numbers and feature codes for the upgrades.

Table 39. FoD upgrades for SKLM support
Part number Feature code Description
Security Key Lifecycle Manager - FoD (United States, Canada, Asia Pacific, and Japan)
00D9998 A5U1 SKLM for System x/ThinkSystem w/SEDs - FoD per Install with 1 year S&S
00D9999 AS6C SKLM for System x/ThinkSystem w/SEDs - FoD per Install with 3 year S&S
Security Key Lifecycle Manager - FoD (Latin America, Europe, Middle East, and Africa)
00FP648 A5U1 SKLM for System x/ThinkSystem w/SEDs - FoD per Install with 1 year S&S
00FP649 AS6C SKLM for System x/ThinkSystem w/SEDs - FoD per Install with 3 year S&S

The IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager software is available from Lenovo using the ordering information listed in the following table.

Table 40. IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager licenses
Part number Description
7S0A007FWW IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager Basic Edition Install License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months
7S0A007HWW IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Raw Decimal Terabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months
7S0A007KWW IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Raw Decimal Petabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months
7S0A007MWW IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Usable Decimal Terabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months
7S0A007PWW IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Usable Decimal Petabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months

Controllers for internal storage

The SR665 V3 offers a variety of controller options for internal drives:

  • For 2.5-inch and 3.5-inch drives:
    • Onboard SATA ports (feature AVUX)
    • Onboard NVMe ports (feature BC4V)
    • NVMe switch and retimer adapters (PCIe slot-based)
    • RAID adapters and HBAs for SAS/SATA drives (PCIe slot-based)
    • RAID adapters, SAS Expander, and HBAs for SAS/SATA drives (cabled in a dedicated space)
  • For 7mm drive bays in the rear of the server (see the 7mm drives section)
    • SATA controller integrated into the 7mm drive bay enclosure
    • NVMe controller integrated into the 7mm drive bay enclosure
  • For M.2 drives internal to the server (see M.2 drives section)
    • SATA controller integrated on the M.2 SATA 2-Bay RAID Enablement Kit
    • NVMe controller integrated on the M.2 NVMe 2-Bay RAID Enablement Kit

As well as supporting RAID adapters and HBAs that install in a PCIe slot, the SR665 V3 with 2.5-inch front drive bays supports a custom form factor (CFF) adapter that is mounted in the server and cabled to one of the onboard NVMe ports. These Internal Adapters are not supported with 3.5-inch front drives due to a lack of physical space.

The following table lists the adapters used for the internal storage of the server.

Table 41. Internal Storage adapter support
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description Power module
(supercap)		 PCIe
lanes		 Max
qty		 Slots
supported		 Windows 10/11
support
Onboard controllers  
CTO only AVUX Onboard SATA AHCI Mode No   1 N/A Supported
CTO only BC4V Non RAID NVMe (Onboard NVMe) No   1 N/A Supported
RAID controllers - PCIe Gen 3  
4Y37A72482 BJHK ThinkSystem RAID 5350-8i PCIe 12Gb Adapter No Gen3 x8 3 1,2,3,4,5,6 Supported
4Y37A72483 BJHL ThinkSystem RAID 9350-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter Included Gen3 x8 3 1,2,3,4,5,6 Supported
4Y37A72484 BJHM ThinkSystem RAID 9350-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Internal Adapter Included Gen3 x8 1 Internal‡ Supported
4Y37A72485 BJHN ThinkSystem RAID 9350-16i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter Included Gen3 x8 2 1,2,3,4,5,6 Supported
4Y37A72486 BJHP ThinkSystem RAID 9350-16i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Internal Adapter Included Gen3 x8 1 Internal‡ Supported
RAID controllers - PCIe Gen 4  
4Y37A78834 BMFT ThinkSystem RAID 540-8i PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter No Gen4 x8 3 1,2,3,4,5,6 Supported
4Y37A78835 BNAX ThinkSystem RAID 540-16i PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter No Gen4 x8 2 1,2,3,4,5,6 Supported
4Y37A09728† B8NY ThinkSystem RAID 940-8i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter Included Gen4 x8 3 1,2,3,4,5,6 Supported
4Y37A78600† BM35 ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter Included Gen4 x8 2 1,2,3,4,5,6 Supported
4Y37A09730† B8NZ ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter Included Gen4 x8 2 1,2,3,4,5,6 Supported
4Y37A09735 B8P0 ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Internal Adapter Included Gen4 x8 1 Internal‡ Supported
4Y37A09733 B8P8 ThinkSystem RAID 940-32i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter Included Gen4 x8 1 1,2,3,4,5,6 Supported
SAS HBA - PCIe Gen 3  
4Y37A72480 BJHH ThinkSystem 4350-8i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA No Gen3 x8 3 1,2,3,4,5,6 No
4Y37A72481 BJHJ ThinkSystem 4350-16i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA No Gen3 x8 2 1,2,3,4,5,6 No
SAS HBA - PCIe Gen 4  
4Y37A78601 BM51 ThinkSystem 440-8i SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb HBA No Gen4 x8 3 1,2,3,4,5,6 No
4Y37A78602 BM50 ThinkSystem 440-16i SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb HBA No Gen4 x8 2 1,2,3,4,5,6 No
4Y37A09725 B8P1 ThinkSystem 440-16i SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb Internal HBA No Gen4 x8 1 Internal‡ No
SAS expanders  
4Y37A09736 B8P6 ThinkSystem 48 port 12Gb Internal Expander No Gen3 x8 1 Internal‡ Supported
NVMe adapters - PCIe Gen 4  
4C57A65446 B98C ThinkSystem 4-Port PCIe Gen4 NVMe Retimer Adapter No Gen4 x16 3 1,2,3,4,5 Supported
4Y37A09728† BGM1 ThinkSystem RAID 940-8i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter for U.3 Included Gen4 x8 3 1,2,3,4,5,6 Supported
4Y37A78600† BM36 ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter for U.3 Included Gen4 x8 1 1,2,3,4,5,6 Supported
4Y37A09730† BDY4 ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter for U.3 Included Gen4 x8 1 1,2,3,4,5,6 Supported

‡ These custom form factor (CFF) adapters are only supported with 2.5-inch front drive bays. Not supported in configurations with 3.5-inch front drive bays.
† Adapter also supports PCIe 4.0 x1 connectivity to NVMe drives (requires NVMe drives with U.3 interface)

Configuration notes:

  • Supercap support limits the number of RAID adapters installable: The table lists whether the adapter includes a power module (supercap) to power the flash memory. The server supports between 1 and 4 supercaps depending on the server configuration as described in the RAID flash power module (supercap) support section. The number of supercaps supported also determines the maximum number of RAID adapters with flash that can be installed in the server.
  • Field upgrades: If you are adding a RAID adapter with supercap to the server as a field upgrade, you may need a supercap holder as described in the RAID flash power module (supercap) support section.
  • 7mm drive support: The storage adapters listed in the table below do not provide connectivity to the 7mm drive bays. The 7mm drives have their own independent RAID controller. See the 7mm drives section for details.
  • E810 Ethernet and X350 RAID/HBAs: The use of both an Intel E810 network adapter and an X350 HBA/RAID adapter (9350, 5350 and 4350) is currently not supported in ThinkSystem servers. For details see Support Tip HT513226. Planned support for this combination of adapters is 2Q/2024.

The RAID 940-8i and RAID 940-16i adapters also support NVMe through a feature named Tri-Mode support (or Trimode support). This feature enables the use of NVMe U.3 drives at the same time as SAS and SATA drives. Tri-Mode requires an AnyBay backplane. Cabling of the controller to the backplanes is the same as with SAS/SATA drives, and the NVMe drives are connected via a PCIe x1 link to the controller.

NVMe drives connected using Tri-Mode support provide better performance than SAS or SATA drives: A SATA SSD has a data rate of 6Gbps, a SAS SSD has a data rate of 12Gbps, whereas an NVMe U.3 Gen 4 SSD with a PCIe x1 link will have a data rate of 16Gbps. NVMe drives typically also have lower latency and higher IOPS compared to SAS and SATA drives. Tri-Mode is supported with U.3 NVMe drives in either 2.5-inch and 3.5-inch form factor and requires an AnyBay backplane.

Tri-Mode requires U.3 drives: Only NVMe drives with a U.3 interface are supported. U.2 drives are not supported. See the Internal drive options section for the U.3 drives supported by the server.

The onboard SATA controller has the following features:

  • Controller integrated into the AMD processor
  • JBOD only; no RAID support
  • Supports up to 20 SATA drives in the SR665 V3 (16 with one processor)
  • Supports HDDs and SSDs; can be mixed

The onboard NVMe support has the following features:

  • Controller integrated into the AMD processor
  • Supports up to 20x NVMe drives direct connected to onboard ports; additional drives through retimer/switch adapters
  • Each drive has PCIe 5.0 x4 host interface
  • Supports JBOD - Intel and non-Intel NVMe SSDs
  • No support for RAID

For specifications about the RAID adapters and HBAs supported by the SR665 V3, see the ThinkSystem RAID Adapter and HBA Reference, available from:
https://lenovopress.lenovo.com/lp1288-thinksystem-raid-adapter-and-hba-reference#sr665-v3-support=SR665%2520V3

For more information about each of the adapters, see the product guides in the RAID adapters or HBA sections of the Lenovo Press web site:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/raid
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/hba

Internal drive options

The following tables list the drive options for internal storage of the server.

2.5-inch hot-swap drives:

2.5-inch 7mm hot-swap drives:

3.5-inch hot-swap drives:

M.2 drives:

M.2 drive support: The use of M.2 drives requires an additional adapter as described in the M.2 drives subsection.

SED support: The tables include a column to indicate which drives support SED encryption. The encryption functionality can be disabled if needed. Note: Not all SED-enabled drives have "SED" in the description.

Table 42. 2.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS HDDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 15K
7XB7A00021 AULV ThinkSystem 2.5" 300GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 40
7XB7A00022 AULW ThinkSystem 2.5" 600GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 40
7XB7A00023 AULX ThinkSystem 2.5" 900GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 40
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 10K
7XB7A00025 AULZ ThinkSystem 2.5" 600GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 40
7XB7A00027 AUM1 ThinkSystem 2.5" 1.2TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 40
7XB7A00028 AUM2 ThinkSystem 2.5" 1.8TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 40
4XB7A83970 BRG7 ThinkSystem 2.5" 2.4TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD v2 No 40
2.5-inch hot-swap SED HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 10K
7XB7A00031 AUM5 ThinkSystem 2.5" 600GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD SED Support 40
7XB7A00033 B0YX ThinkSystem 2.5" 1.2TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD SED Support 40
4XB7A84038 BRG8 ThinkSystem 2.5" 2.4TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD FIPS v2 Support 40
Table 43. 2.5-inch hot-swap 24 Gb SAS SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 24 Gb SAS - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A80340 BNW8 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1655 800GB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80341 BNW9 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1655 1.6TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80342 BNW6 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1655 3.2TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80343 BP3K ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1655 6.4TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 24 Gb SAS - Read Intensive/Entry/Capacity (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A80318 BNWC ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 960GB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80319 BNWE ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 1.92TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80320 BNWF ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 3.84TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80321 BP3E ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 7.68TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80322 BP3J ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 15.36TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80323 BP3D ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 30.72TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
Table 44. 2.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Write Intensive/Performance (10+ DWPD)
4XB7A83214 BR10 ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3750 400GB Write Intensive SAS 12Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A83215 BR0Z ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3750 800GB Write Intensive SAS 12Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A83216 BR0Y ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3750 1.6TB Write Intensive SAS 12Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A83217 BR0X ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3750 3.2TB Write Intensive SAS 12Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A70006 BG07 ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3732 400GB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A70005 BG06 ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3732 800GB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A70004 BG05 ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3732 1.6TB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
4XB7A70003 BG04 ThinkSystem 2.5" Nytro 3732 3.2TB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 40
Table 45. 2.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SATA SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A90884 BYM2 ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90885 BYM4 ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90886 BYM5 ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90887 BYM6 ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A82289 BQ21 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 MAX 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82290 BQ24 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 MAX 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82291 BQ22 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 MAX 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82292 BQ23 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 MAX 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A17125 BA7Q ThinkSystem 2.5" S4620 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17126 BA4T ThinkSystem 2.5" S4620 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17127 BA4U ThinkSystem 2.5" S4620 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17128 BK7L ThinkSystem 2.5" S4620 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A90872 BYLQ ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90873 BYLR ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90874 BYLS ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90875 BYLT ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90876 BYLU ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90877 BYLV ThinkSystem 2.5" Multi Vendor 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A89423 BXDY ThinkSystem 2.5" CM893a 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A87524 BWKN ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893a 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A87525 BWKM ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893a 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A87526 BWKL ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893a 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A87527 BWKK ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893a 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A87528 BYLK ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893a 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82258 BQ1Q ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82259 BQ1P ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82260 BQ1R ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82261 BQ1X ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82262 BQ1S ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82263 BQ1T ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A72438 BM8B ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A72439 BM8A ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A72440 BM89 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A72441 BM88 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A72442 BM87 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17072 B99D ThinkSystem 2.5" S4520 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17101 BA7G ThinkSystem 2.5" S4520 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17102 BA7H ThinkSystem 2.5" S4520 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17103 BA7J ThinkSystem 2.5" S4520 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17104 BK77 ThinkSystem 2.5" S4520 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
4XB7A17105 BK78 ThinkSystem 2.5" S4520 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 40
Table 46. 2.5-inch hot-swap PCIe 5.0 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
2.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 5.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A93888 C0ZM ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 CD8P 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93889 C0ZL ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 CD8P 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93890 C0ZK ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 CD8P 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93891 C0ZJ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 CD8P 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93127 C0ZR ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93128 C0ZQ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93129 C0ZP ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93130 C0ZN ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
2.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 5.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A93480 C0BB ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 CD8P 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93481 C0BA ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 CD8P 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93482 C0B9 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 CD8P 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93483 C0B8 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 CD8P 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93484 C0B7 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 CD8P 30.72TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93122 C0ZV ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93123 C0ZU ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93124 C0ZT ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93125 C0ZS ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
2.5-inch SSDs - U.3 PCIe 5.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A82366 BTPZ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 PM1743 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A82367 BTQ0 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 PM1743 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A82368 BTQ1 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 PM1743 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A82369 BTQ2 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 PM1743 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
Table 47. 2.5-inch hot-swap PCIe 4.0 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
2.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Write Intensive/Performance (10+ DWPD)
4XB7A17158 BKKY ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5800X 400GB Write Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 32
4XB7A17159 BKKZ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5800X 800GB Write Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 32
4XB7A17160 BMM8 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5800X 1.6TB Write Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 32
2.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A93896 C18J ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93897 C18H ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93898 C18G ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93899 C18F ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A17129 BNEG ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5620 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A17130 BNEH ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5620 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A17133 BNEZ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5620 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A17136 BA4V ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5620 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
2.5-inch SSDs - U.3 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A79639 BNF1 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 MAX 800GB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A13967 BNEJ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 MAX 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A13970 BNEY ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 MAX 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A13971 BNEL ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 MAX 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A84056 BRG0 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 MAX 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
2.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A93892 C18N ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93893 C18M ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93894 C18L ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93895 C18K ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 Multi Vendor 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A90099 BXMB ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9A3 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A90100 BXMA ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9A3 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A90101 BXM9 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9A3 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A13941 BMGD ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5520 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A13942 BMGE ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5520 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A13943 BNEF ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5520 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A13631 BNEQ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5520 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
2.5-inch SSDs - U.3 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A91176 BZC1 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 6500 ION 30.72TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A79646 BNF3 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 PRO 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A79647 BNF2 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 PRO 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A79648 BNF5 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 PRO 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A79649 BNF4 ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 PRO 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A83097 BQAV ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7450 PRO 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
Table 48. 7mm 2.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SATA SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
7mm 2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A82264 BQ1U ThinkSystem 7mm 5400 PRO 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82265 BQ1V ThinkSystem 7mm 5400 PRO 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82266 BQ1W ThinkSystem 7mm 5400 PRO 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A17106 BK79 ThinkSystem 7mm S4520 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 2
4XB7A17107 BK7A ThinkSystem 7mm S4520 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 2
4XB7A17108 BK7B ThinkSystem 7mm S4520 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 2
Table 49. 7mm 2.5-inch hot-swap PCIe 4.0 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
7mm 2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A90096 BXMN ThinkSystem 7mm U.2 PM9A3 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A90097 BXMM ThinkSystem 7mm U.2 PM9A3 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A90098 BXML ThinkSystem 7mm U.2 PM9A3 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82853 BPZ4 ThinkSystem 7mm U.3 7450 PRO 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82855 BPZ5 ThinkSystem 7mm U.3 7450 PRO 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82856 BPZ6 ThinkSystem 7mm U.3 7450 PRO 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 2
Table 50. 3.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS HDDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
3.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb NL SAS
7XB7A00042 AUU5 ThinkSystem 3.5" 2TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 20
7XB7A00043 AUU6 ThinkSystem 3.5" 4TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 20
7XB7A00044 AUU7 ThinkSystem 3.5" 6TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
7XB7A00045 B0YR ThinkSystem 3.5" 8TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
7XB7A00046 AUUG ThinkSystem 3.5" 10TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
7XB7A00067 B117 ThinkSystem 3.5" 12TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A13906 B496 ThinkSystem 3.5" 14TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A13911 B7EZ ThinkSystem 3.5" 16TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A38266 BCFP ThinkSystem 3.5" 18TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A80353 BPKU ThinkSystem 3.5" 20TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A83766 BTR7 ThinkSystem 3.5" 22TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD Support 20
3.5-inch hot-swap SED HDDs - 12 Gb NL SAS
7XB7A00066 B0YQ ThinkSystem 3.5" 8TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD FIPS Support 20
Table 51. 3.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SATA HDDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
3.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 6 Gb NL SATA
7XB7A00049 AUUF ThinkSystem 3.5" 1TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 20
7XB7A00050 AUUD ThinkSystem 3.5" 2TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 20
7XB7A00051 AUU8 ThinkSystem 3.5" 4TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 20
7XB7A00052 AUUA ThinkSystem 3.5" 6TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
7XB7A00053 AUU9 ThinkSystem 3.5" 8TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
7XB7A00054 AUUB ThinkSystem 3.5" 10TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
7XB7A00068 B118 ThinkSystem 3.5" 12TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A13907 B497 ThinkSystem 3.5" 14TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A13914 B7F0 ThinkSystem 3.5" 16TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A38130 BCFH ThinkSystem 3.5" 18TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A80354 BPKV ThinkSystem 3.5" 20TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 20
4XB7A83765 BTR8 ThinkSystem 3.5" 22TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD Support 20
Table 52. 3.5-inch hot-swap 24 Gb SAS SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 24 Gb SAS - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A80344 BNW7 ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1655 800GB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A80345 BNWA ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1655 1.6TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A80346 BNWB ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1655 3.2TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A80347 BP3G ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1655 6.4TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 24 Gb SAS - Read Intensive/Entry/Capacity (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A80324 BNWD ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 960GB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A80325 BNWG ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 1.92TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A80326 BNWH ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 3.84TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A80327 BP3F ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 7.68TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A80328 BP3H ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 15.36TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 20
Table 53. 3.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Write Intensive/Performance (10+ DWPD)
4XB7A83218 BR0W ThinkSystem 3.5" Nytro 3750 400GB Write Intensive SAS 12Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A83219 BR0V ThinkSystem 3.5" Nytro 3750 800GB Write Intensive SAS 12Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A83220 BR0U ThinkSystem 3.5" Nytro 3750 1.6TB Write Intensive SAS 12Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A83221 BR0T ThinkSystem 3.5" Nytro 3750 3.2TB Write Intensive SAS 12Gb HS SSD Support 20
4XB7A70011 BG03 ThinkSystem 3.5" Nytro 3732 400GB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A70010 BG02 ThinkSystem 3.5" Nytro 3732 800GB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A70009 BG01 ThinkSystem 3.5" Nytro 3732 1.6TB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
4XB7A70008 BG00 ThinkSystem 3.5" Nytro 3732 3.2TB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD No 20
Table 54. 3.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SATA SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A90888 BYM3 ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90889 BYM7 ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90890 BYM8 ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90891 BYLX ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A17137 BA4W ThinkSystem 3.5" S4620 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17138 BA4X ThinkSystem 3.5" S4620 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17139 BA4Y ThinkSystem 3.5" S4620 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17140 BK7P ThinkSystem 3.5" S4620 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A90878 BYLW ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90879 BYLJ ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90880 BYLY ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90881 BYLZ ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90882 BYM0 ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A90883 BYM1 ThinkSystem 3.5" Multi Vendor 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 20
4XB7A17118 BA7K ThinkSystem 3.5" S4520 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17119 BA7L ThinkSystem 3.5" S4520 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17120 BA7M ThinkSystem 3.5" S4520 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17121 BA7N ThinkSystem 3.5" S4520 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17122 BK7F ThinkSystem 3.5" S4520 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
4XB7A17123 BK7G ThinkSystem 3.5" S4520 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD No 20
Table 55. 3.5-inch hot-swap PCIe 4.0 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
3.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Write Intensive/Performance (10+ DWPD)
4XB7A17161 BMM7 ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5800X 400GB Write Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 12
4XB7A17162 BMM5 ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5800X 800GB Write Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 12
4XB7A77070 BMM6 ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5800X 1.6TB Write Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD No 12
3.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A17141 BNEK ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5620 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
4XB7A17143 BNEM ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5620 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
4XB7A17144 BNEN ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5620 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
4XB7A17148 BNEP ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5620 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
3.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A13632 BNES ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5520 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
4XB7A76777 BNET ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5520 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
4XB7A76778 BNEU ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5520 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
4XB7A76779 BNF0 ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 P5520 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 12
Table 56. M.2 SATA drives
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
M.2 SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A89422 BYF7 ThinkSystem M.2 ER3 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A90049 BYF8 ThinkSystem M.2 ER3 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A90230 BYF9 ThinkSystem M.2 ER3 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82286 BQ1Z ThinkSystem M.2 5400 PRO 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82287 BQ1Y ThinkSystem M.2 5400 PRO 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82288 BQ20 ThinkSystem M.2 5400 PRO 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
7N47A00130 AUUV ThinkSystem M.2 128GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD No 2
Table 57. M.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe drives
Part number Feature
code		 Description SED
support		 Max
Qty
M.2 SSDs - PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A90102 BXMH ThinkSystem M.2 PM9A3 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A13999 BKSR ThinkSystem M.2 7450 PRO 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 NHS SSD Support 2

USB memory key

For general portable storage needs, the server also supports the USB memory key option that is listed in the following table.

Table 58. USB memory key
Part number Feature Description
4X77A77065 BNWN ThinkSystem USB 32GB USB 3.0 Flash Drive

Internal backup units

The server does not supports any internal backup units, such as tape drives or RDX drives. External backup units are available as described in the External backup units section.

Optical drives

The server supports the external USB optical drive listed in the following table.

Table 59. External optical drive
Part number Feature code Description
7XA7A05926 AVV8 ThinkSystem External USB DVD RW Optical Disk Drive

The drive is based on the Lenovo Slim DVD Burner DB65 drive and supports the following formats: DVD-RAM, DVD-RW, DVD+RW, DVD+R, DVD-R, DVD-ROM, DVD-R DL, CD-RW, CD-R, CD-ROM.

I/O expansion

The SR665 V3 supports a total of up to 12x PCIe slots, 10x at the rear and 2x at the front, plus 1x OCP 3.0 SFF slot for networking. The OCP slot can be either at the front or at the rear (but not both). Slot availability is based on riser selection and drive bays configured. The use of some slots requires that both processors be installed as listed below.

Topics in this section:

Slot layout and connections

The slots are provided by riser cards:

  • Riser 1: Slots 1, 2 and 3, all full-height slots (connect to CPU 1)
  • Riser 2: Slots 4, 5, and 6, all full-height slots (connect to CPU 2)
  • Riser 3: Slot 7 and 8
    • When configured as full-height slots: Slot 7 connects to CPU 1, slot 8 to CPU 2
    • When configured as low-profile slots: Both slots connect to CPU 1
  • Riser 4: Slots 9 and 10 (connect to CPU 2)

NVMe support: The use of Riser 3 is mutually exclusive to onboard NVMe support as they use the same PCIe connectors.

The slots in each riser are either PCIe x16 or PCIe x8 depending on the riser card selected as listed in the table below. All x8 slots are open-ended and physically support x16 adapters. Depending on the risers selected, slots are either PCIe 5.0 or PCIe 4.0.

The SR665 V3 also supports front-accessible PCIe slots: 2x PCIe 4.0 x16 slots plus a dedicated OCP 3.0 SFF slot for networking. Front-accessible slots are as follows:

  • Slot 11: PCIe 4.0 x16 FHHL (connects to CPU 2)
  • Slot 12: PCIe 4.0 x16 FHHL (connects to CPU 2)

As discussed in the Internal storage section, the server supports drive bays in the rear of the server. Depending on the drive bays selected, the number of slots available for adapters is reduced. The figure below shows the supported combinations of slots and drive bays.

Internal HBA/RAID adapter: For configurations with 2.5-inch front drive bays, an internal RAID adapter or HBA can be installed in a dedicated space and cabled to a PCIe x8 connector, thereby freeing up a slot for other purposes.

The following figure shows the locations of the rear-accessible slots for each configuration selection. The OCP slot in located in the lower-left corner.

SR665 V3 slots
Figure 16. SR665 V3 rear slot configurations

The following figure shows the locations of the front-accessible slots.

SR665 V3 front slots
Figure 17. SR665 V3 front slots

Slot combinations

The SR665 V3 supports the riser combinations as listed in the following table. The table lists the PCIe slot risers in the rear of the server, the PCIe slots in the front of the server, and the front & rear OCP slots.

The table also lists the total number of PCIe slots (excluding the OCP slot) assuming a 3-slot riser is selected for Riser 1 and Riser 2.

Table 60. Slot combinations
Total PCIe slots Riser 1 Riser 2 Riser 3 Riser 4 Front slots Rear OCP Front OCP
Rear slots + Rear OCP
3 Yes No No No No Yes No
6 Yes Yes No No No Yes No
8 Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No
10 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No
Rear + Front slots + Rear OCP
5 Yes No No No Yes Yes No
8 Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No
10 Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
12 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No
Rear + Front slots + Front OCP
5 Yes No No No Yes No Yes
8 Yes Yes No No Yes No Yes
Front slots + Rear OCP
2 No No No No Yes Yes No

Slot ordering information

The following table lists the riser cards available for CTO builds and for field upgrades.

No slots: It is also possible to build a configuration without any slots, in which case slot fillers will be derived in the configurator. Slots can be added later as field upgrades using option part numbers as listed in the table.

Table 61. Riser cards
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description Slot configuration*
(Green = Gen5, Blue = Gen4)		 Purpose
Rear Riser 1 (FH slots) Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3    
4XH7A82898 BPQU ThinkSystem V3 2U x16/x8/x8 PCIe Gen5 Riser 1 or 2 Gen5 x16 Gen5 x8 Gen5 x8   3 slots PCIe 5.0
4XH7A82896 BLKL ThinkSystem V3 2U x16/x8/x8 PCIe Gen4 Riser1 or 2 Gen4 x16 Gen4 x8 Gen4 x8   3 slots PCIe 4.0
4XH7A82900 BPQV ThinkSystem V3 2U x16/x16/E PCIe Gen5 Riser1 or 2 Gen5 x16 Gen5 x16 No slot   2 slots PCIe 5.0; COM port or 7mm drives in slot 3
4XH7A82892 BLKM ThinkSystem V3 2U x16/x16/E PCIe Gen4 Riser1 or 2 Gen4 x16 Gen4 x16 No slot   2 slots PCIe 4.0; COM port or 7mm drives in slot 3
4XH7A82902 BPQW ThinkSystem V3 2U E/x16/x16 PCIe Gen5 Riser1 or 2 No slot Gen5 x16 Gen4 x16   PCIe 5.0 in slot 2; DW GPU in slot 2
4XH7A82894 BLKN ThinkSystem V3 2U G4 E/x16/x16 PCIe Riser1 or 2 No slot Gen4 x16 Gen4 x16   2 slots PCIe 4.0; DW GPU in slot 2
4XH7A82890 BLKP ThinkSystem V3 2U x16 PCIe Gen4 Riser1 or 2 No slot No slot Gen4 x16   1 slot PCIe 4.0; For 4x 3.5-inch rear drives
Rear Riser 2 (FH slots) Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6    
4XH7A82898 BPQU ThinkSystem V3 2U x16/x8/x8 PCIe Gen5 Riser 1 or 2 Gen5 x16 Gen5 x8 Gen5 x8   3 slots PCIe 5.0
4XH7A82896 BLKL ThinkSystem V3 2U x16/x8/x8 PCIe Gen4 Riser1 or 2 Gen4 x16 Gen4 x8 Gen4 x8   3 slots PCIe 4.0
4XH7A82900 BPQV ThinkSystem V3 2U x16/x16/E PCIe Gen5 Riser1 or 2 Gen5 x16 Gen5 x16 No slot   2 slots PCIe 5.0; COM port or 7mm drives in slot 6
4XH7A82892 BLKM ThinkSystem V3 2U x16/x16/E PCIe Gen4 Riser1 or 2 Gen4 x16 Gen4 x16 No slot   2 slots PCIe 4.0; COM port or 7mm drives in slot 6
4XH7A82902 BPQW ThinkSystem V3 2U E/x16/x16 PCIe Gen5 Riser1 or 2 No slot Gen5 x16 Gen4 x16   PCIe 5.0 in slot 5; DW GPU in slot 5
4XH7A82894 BLKN ThinkSystem V3 2U G4 E/x16/x16 PCIe Riser1 or 2 No slot Gen4 x16 Gen4 x16   2 slots PCIe 4.0; DW GPU in slot 5
4XH7A82890 BLKP ThinkSystem V3 2U x16 PCIe Gen4 Riser1 or 2 No slot No slot Gen4 x16   1 slot PCIe 4.0; For 2x or 4x 3.5-inch rear drives
Rear Riser 3 (2x FH slots) Slot 7 Slot 8      
4XH7A85887 BLL9 ThinkSystem V3 2U x16/x16 PCIe Gen5 Riser3 Kit Gen5 x16 Gen5 x16     2x PCIe 5.0 x16 slots; DW GPU in slot 7
4XH7A85885 BPKG ThinkSystem V3 2U x16/x16 PCIe Gen4 Riser3 Kit with Cage Gen4 x16 Gen4 x16     2x PCIe 4.0 x16 slots; DW GPU in slot 7
4XH7A85886 BPKH ThinkSystem V3 2U x8/x8 PCIe Gen5 Riser3 Kit with Cage Gen5 x8 Gen5 x8     2x PCIe 5.0 x8 slots
4XH7A85884 BPKF ThinkSystem V3 2U x8/x8 PCIe Gen4 Riser3 Kit with Cage Gen4 x8 Gen4 x8     2x PCIe 4.0 x8 slots
Rear Riser 3 & 4 (4x LP slots) Slot 7 Slot 8 Slot 9 Slot 10  
4XH7A85888 BQ2W† ThinkSystem V3 2U PCIe Gen5 Riser 3/4-part 1 for Rear 10 slots Gen5 x8 Gen5 x8     2x PCIe 5.0 x8 slots
BTMS† ThinkSystem V3 2U PCIe Gen5 Riser 3/4-part 2 for Rear 10 slots     Gen5 x8 Gen4 x8 2x PCIe x8 slots (Gen 5, Gen4)
Front Riser Slot 11 Slot 12      
4XH7A85889 BQ2X ThinkSystem V3 2U Front x16/x16 PCIe G4 Riser Gen4 x16 Gen4 x16     2x PCIe 4.0 x16 front-accessible slots

* All PCIe x8 slots are open ended and will physically support x16 adapters
† In the configurator, when feature BQ2W is selected, BTMS is automatically derived and provides slots 9 & 10. 4XH7A85888 contains both risers.

To configure the rear OCP slot, no additional feature codes are needed. To configure the front OCP slot, you will need the components listed in the following table. These components are used to route the rear OCP signals to the front of the server.

Tip: See the Slot combinations section to see which slot combinations are supported with the front and rear OCP slots

Table 62. Feature codes for the front OCP slot
Feature code Description
BQ2E ThinkSystem V3 1U/2U Front OCP Interposer Card
BQ2F* ThinkSystem V3 1U/2U Rear OCP Interposer Card

* BQ2F is automatically derived when BQ2E is selected

Configuration rules:

  • Riser 3 is not supported with the M.2 adapter
  • Front PCIe slots are not supported with the M.2 adapter
  • For best performance, install PCIe 5.0 adapters in PCIe 5.0 (Gen5) slots
  • The server only supports one OCP slot, either in the rear of the server or the front of the server, not both
  • If you want to configure 4x low profile slots for slots 7-10, select feature BQ2W which provides riser 3 (slots 7, 8). Feature BTMS will then be automatically derived to provide riser 4 (slots 9 & 10), along with the necessary cables. Option part number 4XH7A85888 contains both of these risers and the cables.
  • If you want to add both a 7mm drive enclosure plus 2x PCIe slots above it, you will need to order the 7mm drive option (either 4XH7A85898 or 4XH7A85899) plus the x16/x16/E riser kit (4XH7A82900 for PCIe Gen 5 or 4XH7A82892 for Gen 4). The riser kit part number provides the 2-slot riser card.
  • All PCIe x8 slots are open ended and will physically support x16 adapters

Serial port

The SR665 V3 optionally supports a RS-232 serial port by adding a COM port bracket to either slot 3 or slot 6. Ordering information is shown in the following table.

Front PCIe slots: The serial port is not supported in the front PCIe slots

Table 63. Serial port
Part number Feature code Description
4X97A82921 BMNJ ThinkSystem V2/V3 1U COM Port Upgrade Kit

The bracket is shown in the following figure. The option part number includes both Low Profile and Full Height brackets.

ThinkSystem COM Port Upgrade Kit
Figure 18. ThinkSystem V2/V3 1U COM Port Upgrade Kit

Network adapters

The server has a dedicated OCP 3.0 SFF slot with PCIe 5.0 x16 host interface. See Figure 3 for the location of the OCP slot.

The following table lists the supported OCP adapters. One port can optionally be shared with the XCC management processor for Wake-on-LAN and NC-SI support. Only 1 OCP card can be installed in the server, either rear-accessible or front-accessible.

Table 64. Supported OCP adapters
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description Maximum
supported		 Windows 10/11
support
Gigabit Ethernet  
4XC7A08235 B5T1 ThinkSystem Broadcom 5719 1GbE RJ45 4-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1 Supported
4XC7A08277 B93E ThinkSystem Intel I350 1GbE RJ45 4-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1 Supported
10 Gb Ethernet - 10GBASE-T  
4XC7A08236 B5ST ThinkSystem Broadcom 57416 10GBASE-T 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1 Supported
4XC7A08240 B5T4 ThinkSystem Broadcom 57454 10GBASE-T 4-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1 Supported
4XC7A08278 BCD5 ThinkSystem Intel X710-T2L 10GBASE-T 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1 Supported
4XC7A80268 BPPY ThinkSystem Intel X710-T4L 10GBase-T 4-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1 Supported
25 Gb Ethernet  
4XC7A08237 BN2T ThinkSystem Broadcom 57414 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1 Supported
4XC7A80567 BPPW ThinkSystem Broadcom 57504 10/25GbE SFP28 4-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1 Supported
4XC7A08294 BCD4 ThinkSystem Intel E810-DA2 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1 Supported
4XC7A80269 BP8L ThinkSystem Intel E810-DA4 10/25GbE SFP28 4-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1 Supported
4XC7A62582 BE4T ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 Lx 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1 No
100 Gb Ethernet  
4XC7A08243 BPPX ThinkSystem Broadcom 57508 100GbE QSFP56 2-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 1 Supported

The following table lists additional supported network adapters that can be installed in the regular PCIe slots.

Table 65. Supported PCIe Network Adapters
Part number Feature Description PCIe
lanes		 Max
Qty		 Slots
supported		 Windows 10/11
support
Gigabit Ethernet
7ZT7A00484 AUZV ThinkSystem Broadcom 5719 1GbE RJ45 4-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter Gen2 x4 10 1-12 Supported
7ZT7A00535 AUZW ThinkSystem I350-T4 PCIe 1Gb 4-Port RJ45 Ethernet Adapter Gen2 x4 10 1-12 Supported
10 Gb Ethernet - 10GBASE-T
7ZT7A00496 AUKP ThinkSystem Broadcom 57416 10GBASE-T 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter Gen3 x8 10 1-8,11,12 Supported
4XC7A08245 B5SU ThinkSystem Broadcom 57454 10GBASE-T 4-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter Gen3 x8 10 1-8,11,12 Supported
4XC7A80266 BNWL ThinkSystem Intel X710-T2L 10GBase-T 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter Gen3 x8 10 1-12 Supported
4XC7A79699 BMXB ThinkSystem Intel X710-T4L 10GBase-T 4-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter Gen3 x8 10 1-12 Supported
25 Gb Ethernet
4XC7A84827 BUQK ThinkSystem AMD X3522 10/25GbE DSFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter (Low Latency) Gen4 x8 8 1-8,11,12* No
4XC7A08238 BK1H ThinkSystem Broadcom 57414 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter Gen3 x8 10 1-12 Supported
4XC7A80566 BNWM ThinkSystem Broadcom 57504 10/25GbE SFP28 4-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter Gen4 x16 6 1-8,11,12 Supported
4XC7A08295 BCD6 ThinkSystem Intel E810-DA2 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter Gen4 x8 10 1-12 Supported
4XC7A80267 BP8M ThinkSystem Intel E810-DA4 10/25GbE SFP28 4-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter Gen4 x16 6 1-8,11,12 Supported
4XC7A62580 BE4U ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 Lx 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter Gen4 x8 10 1-12 No
4XC7A62581 BHE2 ThinkSystem Solarflare X2522-Plus 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter Gen4 x8 10 1-12 Supported
100 Gb Ethernet / HDR100 InfiniBand
4XC7A08297 BK1J ThinkSystem Broadcom 57508 100GbE QSFP56 2-port PCIe 4 Ethernet Adapter Gen4 x16 6 1,2,4,5, 7,8,11,12 Supported
4XC7A08248 B8PP ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 Dx 100GbE QSFP56 2-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter Gen4 x16 6 1,2,4,5, 7,8,11,12 No
4C57A14177 B4R9 ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 HDR100/100GbE QSFP56 1-port PCIe VPI Adapter Gen4 x16 6 1,2,4,5, 7,8,11,12 No
4C57A14178 B4RA ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 HDR100/100GbE QSFP56 2-port PCIe VPI Adapter Gen4 x16 6 1,2,4,5, 7,8,11,12 No
200 Gb Ethernet / HDR InfiniBand
4C57A15326 B4RC ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 HDR/200GbE QSFP56 1-port PCIe 4 VPI Adapter Gen4 x16 6 1,2,4,5, 7,8,11,12 No
4XC7A81883 BQBN ThinkSystem NVIDIA ConnectX-7 NDR200/HDR QSFP112 2-Port PCIe Gen5 x16 InfiniBand Adapter Gen5 x16 6 1,2,4,5,7,8 No
400 Gb Ethernet / NDR InfiniBand
4XC7A80289 BQ1N ThinkSystem NVIDIA ConnectX-7 NDR400 OSFP 1-Port PCIe Gen5 Adapter Gen5 x16 6 1,2,4,5,7,8 No

* The AMD X3522 10/25GbE adapter is not supported in slot 2 or slot 3 of a x16/x8/x8 riser (BLKL or BPQU)

For more information, including the transceivers and cables that each adapter supports, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Networking adapters category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/ethernet

Configuration requirements:

  • Adapters with a x16 host interface require a x16 slot to maximize performance
  • PCIe Gen5 adapters will require a Gen5 riser to maximize performance
  • E810 Ethernet and X350 RAID/HBAs: The use of both an Intel E810 network adapter and an X350 HBA/RAID adapter (9350, 5350 and 4350) is currently not supported in ThinkSystem servers. For details see Support Tip HT513226. Planned support for this combination of adapters is 2Q/2024.

Fibre Channel host bus adapters

The following table lists the Fibre Channel HBAs supported by the SR665 V3.

No Windows 10/11 support: None of the adapters listed in the table are supported with Windows 10 or Windows 11.

Table 66. Fibre Channel HBAs
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description PCIe lanes Max
qty		 Slots
supported
64 Gb Fibre Channel HBAs
4XC7A77485 BLC1 ThinkSystem Emulex LPe36002 64Gb 2-port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter Gen4 x8 10 1-12
32 Gb Fibre Channel HBAs
4XC7A76498 BJ3G ThinkSystem Emulex LPe35000 32Gb 1-port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter v2 Gen4 x8 10 1-12
4XC7A76525 BJ3H ThinkSystem Emulex LPe35002 32Gb 2-port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter v2 Gen4 x8 10 1-12
4XC7A08279 BA1G ThinkSystem QLogic QLE2770 32Gb 1-Port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter Gen4 x8 10 1-12
4XC7A08276 BA1F ThinkSystem QLogic QLE2772 32Gb 2-Port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter Gen4 x8 10 1-12
16 Gb Fibre Channel HBAs
01CV840 ATZV Emulex 16Gb Gen6 FC Dual-port HBA Gen3 x8 10 1-12
01CV830 ATZU Emulex 16Gb Gen6 FC Single-port HBA Gen3 x8 10 1-12
01CV760 ATZC QLogic 16Gb Enhanced Gen5 FC Dual-port HBA Gen3 x8 10 1-12
01CV750 ATZB QLogic 16Gb Enhanced Gen5 FC Single-port HBA Gen3 x8 10 1-12

For more information, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Host bus adapters category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/hba

SAS adapters for external storage

The following table lists SAS HBAs and RAID adapters supported by SR665 V3 server for use with external storage.

No Windows 10/11 support: None of the adapters listed in the table are supported with Windows 10 or Windows 11.

Table 67. Adapters for external storage
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description PCIe
lanes		 Max
qty		 Slots
supported
 SAS HBAs
4Y37A78837 BNWK ThinkSystem 440-8e SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb HBA Gen4 x8 8 1 - 8,11,12**
4Y37A09724 B8P7 ThinkSystem 440-16e SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb HBA Gen4 x8 8 1 - 8,11,12**
 External RAID adapters
4Y37A78836 BNWJ ThinkSystem RAID 940-8e 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter Gen4 x8 4 1 - 8,11,12**

* See below regarding supercap requirements
** When Riser 3 is full-height slots, slots 1-8 are supported; when Riser 3 is configured as low-profile slots, 8 & 10 are supported, but 7 & 9 are not.

For a comparison of the functions of the supported storage adapters, see the ThinkSystem RAID Adapter and HBA Reference:
https://lenovopress.lenovo.com/lp1288#sr665-v3-support=SR665%2520V3&internal-or-external-ports=External

The RAID 940-8e adapter uses a flash power module (supercap), which can be installed in one of up to 4 locations in the server depending on the server configuration. See the RAID flash power module (supercap) support section for details. The number of 940-8e RAID adapters supported is based on how many supercaps can be installed in the server. If an internal RAID adapter with flash power modules is installed, the maximum number of 940-8e adapters supported is reduced by 1.

For more information, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Host bus adapters and RAID adapters categories:

https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/hba
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/raid

Flash storage adapters

The SR665 V3 currently does not support PCIe Flash Storage adapters.

GPU adapters

This section describes the supported GPUs.

GPU part numbers

The SR665 V3 supports the following graphics processing units (GPUs).

Table 68. Supported GPUs
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description TDP Aux
power		 PCIe
lanes		 Max
qty		 Slots
supported		 Windows 10/11
support
Double-wide GPUs  
4X67A90669 BYFH ThinkSystem NVIDIA L40S 48GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU 350W Yes Gen4 x16 3 2, 5, 7 Supported
4X67A84823 BT87 ThinkSystem NVIDIA L40 48GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU 300W Yes Gen4 x16 3 2, 5, 7 Supported
4X67A81102 BP04 ThinkSystem AMD Instinct MI210 PCIe Gen4 Passive Accelerator 300W Yes Gen4 x16 3 2, 5, 7 No
4X67A82257 BR9U ThinkSystem NVIDIA H100 80GB PCIe Gen5 Passive GPU 350W Yes Gen5 x16 3 2, 5, 7 No
4X67A76715 BLK1 ThinkSystem NVIDIA A100 80GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU 300W Yes Gen4 x16 3 2, 5, 7 No
CTO only BQZP ThinkSystem NVIDIA A100 80GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU w/o CEC 300W Yes Gen4 x16 3 2, 5, 7 No
4X67A72593 BQZQ ThinkSystem NVIDIA A40 48GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU w/o CEC 300W Yes Gen4 x16 3 2, 5, 7 Supported
4X67A76581 BJHG ThinkSystem NVIDIA A30 24GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU 165W Yes Gen4 x16 3 2, 5, 7 Supported
CTO only BQZR ThinkSystem NVIDIA A30 24GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU w/o CEC 165W Yes Gen4 x16 3 2, 5, 7 Supported
4X67A76727 BQZU ThinkSystem NVIDIA A16 64GB Gen4 PCIe Passive GPU w/o CEC 250W Yes Gen4 x16 3 2, 5, 7 Supported
4X67A71310 BFT0 ThinkSystem NVIDIA RTX A6000 48GB PCIe Active GPU 300W Yes Gen4 x16 3 2, 5, 7 Supported
4X67A76726 BNFD ThinkSystem NVIDIA RTX A4500 20GB PCIe Active GPU 200W Yes Gen4 x16 3 2, 5, 7 Supported
4X67A76720 BMT9 ThinkSystem NVIDIA RTX A2000 12GB PCIe Active GPU 70W Yes Gen4 x16 3 2, 5, 7 Supported
Single-wide GPUs  
4X67A81547 BP05 ThinkSystem NVIDIA A2 16GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU 60W No Gen4 x8 8 1 - 8 Supported
CTO only BQZT ThinkSystem NVIDIA A2 16GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU w/o CEC 60W No Gen4 x8 8 1 - 8 Supported

* When a double-wide GPU is installed in slot 2, 5 or 7, the adjacent slot 1, 4 and 8 respectively is not available

For information about these GPUs, see the ThinkSystem GPU Summary, available at:
https://lenovopress.com/lp0768-thinksystem-thinkagile-gpu-summary

For CTO orders, the SR665 V3 also supports the selection of a placeholder for a GPU. This selection results in a "GPU ready" configuration which ensures that the server ships with the components needed for GPU installation (GPU power cables, air ducts, power supplies, fans, etc) without actually including the GPUs themselves. The following table lists the ordering information for CTO orders.

Table 69. GPU-Ready configurations - ordering information
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only BW40 ThinkSystem NVIDIA A4500 GPU-Ready Installation
CTO only BVLL ThinkSystem NVIDIA H100 GPU-Ready Installation
CTO only BW3Z ThinkSystem NVIDIA L40 GPU-Ready Installation
CTO only BZUS ThinkSystem NVIDIA L40S GPU-Ready Installation
CTO only BP4X ThinkSystem DW GPU-Ready Installation (for all other supported DW GPUs)

Configuration rules

The following configuration requirements must be met when installing GPUs:

  • Some NVIDIA A Series GPUs are available as two feature codes, one with a CEC chip and one without a CEC chip (ones without the CEC chip have "w/o CEC" in the name). The CEC is a secondary Hardware Root of Trust (RoT) module that provides an additional layer of security, which can be used by customers who have high regulatory requirements or high security standards. NVIDIA uses a multi-layered security model and hence the protection offered by the primary Root of Trust embedded in the GPU is expected to be sufficient for most customers. The CEC defeatured products still offer Secure Boot, Secure Firmware Update, Firmware Rollback Protection, and In-Band Firmware Update Disable. Specifically, without the CEC chip, the GPU does not support Key Revocation or Firmware Attestation. CEC and non-CEC GPUs of the same type of GPU can be mixed in field upgrades.
  • All GPUs installed must be identical
  • When a double-wide GPU is installed in slot 2, 5 or 7, the adjacent slot 1, 4 and 8 respectively is not available
  • Flash storage adapters are not supported.
  • Middle drive bays and Rear drive bays are not supported
  • For details regarding supported combinations of front drive bays, processors, fans, and ambient temperature, see the Thermal Rules page of the User Guide:
    https://pubs.lenovo.com/sr665-v3/thermal_rules#gpu-configurations

Riser selections for double-wide GPUs

When a double-wide GPU is installed in slot 2, 5 or 7, the adjacent slot 1, 4 and 8 respectively is not available. The riser cards listed in the following table are used with double-wide GPUs.

Table 70. Risers needed for double-wide GPUs
Riser Part number Feature code Description
Riser 1 (GPU in slot 2) - PCIe Gen5 4XH7A82902 BPQW ThinkSystem V3 2U E/x16/x16 PCIe Gen5 Riser1 or 2
Riser 1 (GPU in slot 2) - PCIe Gen4 4XH7A82894 BLKN ThinkSystem V3 2U G4 E/x16/x16 PCIe Riser1 or 2
Riser 2 (GPU in slot 5) - PCIe Gen5 4XH7A82902 BPQW ThinkSystem V3 2U E/x16/x16 PCIe Gen5 Riser1 or 2
Riser 2 (GPU in slot 5) - PCIe Gen4 4XH7A82894 BLKN ThinkSystem V3 2U G4 E/x16/x16 PCIe Riser1 or 2
Riser 3 (GPU in slot 7) - PCIe Gen5 4XH7A85887 BLL9 ThinkSystem V3 2U x16/x16 PCIe Gen5 Riser3 Kit
Riser 3 (GPU in slot 7) - PCIe Gen4 4XH7A85885 BPKG ThinkSystem V3 2U x16/x16 PCIe Gen4 Riser3 Kit with Cage

GPU Enablement Kit

When installing any full-length GPU as a field upgrade, you will also need to order the GPU Enablement Kit as listed in the following table. This kit is not required for the NVIDIA A2 GPU.

Table 71. ThinkSystem SR665 V3 GPU Full Length Thermal Option Kit
Part number Description Maximum
supported
4X67A85856 ThinkSystem SR665 V3 GPU Full Length Thermal Option Kit
  • 2x 1U processor performance heatsinks - replace existing 2U heatsinks (SBB7A54175)
  • 1x ThinkSystem 2U GPU air duct - replaces main air baffle (SBB7A54054)
  • 3x GPU extend air ducts - needed in a zone if an A10 or other single-wide GPU > 75W is installed in the upper slot (SBB7A43702)
  • 3x Air duct fillers - needed in each riser zone if no GPU is installed in that zone (SBB7A54052)
  • 3x 8-pin GPU power cables for double-wide GPUs (SBB7A49792)
  • 3x 16-pin GPU power cables for double-wide GPUs (SBB7A66338)
  • 3x GPU power cables for GPUs such as A4500 (SBB7A44786)
  • 3x GPU power Y-cables when 2x single-wide GPUs installed on one riser (SBB7A23757)
 1

The following figure shows the GPU air duct with GPU air duct fillers and GPU extend air ducts installed. Note that the drawings might not 100% reflect the shipping components.

SR665 V3 GPU air duct
Figure 19. SR665 V3 GPU air duct

GPU cable kits

The following cable kits are offered to provide auxiliary power cables for GPUs that require one. See the Supported GPUs table to see which GPUs require an auxiliary power cable.

Configuration notes:

  • This cable kits are only required for field upgrades; factory (CTO) orders will automatically include any required cables.
  • For double-wide GPUs, The DW (double-wide) cable kit is only required if you are adding additional double-wide GPUs to a server that already has a DW GPU installed from a CTO order. If you are doing a field upgrade to install the first DW GPU to a server, order the ThinkSystem SR665 V3 GPU Full Length Thermal Option Kit, 4X67A85856 instead, since the Enablement Kit includes the necessary power cables.
  • The SW (single-wide) cable kit is required if you are doing any field upgrades to add a single-wide GPU that requires an auxiliary power cable (GPU power > 75 W), however, all currently supported GPUs do not require auxiliary power cables.
Table 72. GPU cable kits
Part number Description
4X97A86165

ThinkSystem SR665 V3/SR655 V3 DW GPU Cable Option Kit

  • 3x GPU power cable for H100, L40, L40S GPUs (SBB7A66338)
  • 3x GPU power cables RTX A4500 (SBB7A44786)
  • 3x GPU power cables for all other double-wide GPUs (SBB7A49792)
4X97A86166

ThinkSystem SR665 V3/SR655 V3 SW GPU Cable Option Kit

  • 3x Power cables for SW GPUs and the RTX A4500 (SBB7A44786)
  • 3x Power Y-cable when 2x single-wide GPUs installed on one riser (SBB7A23757)

Cooling

The SR665 V3 server has up to six 60 mm hot-swap variable-speed fans. Five fans are needed when one processor is installed and six fans are required when two processors are installed. The server offers N+1 redundancy. The server also has one or two additional fans integrated in each of the two power supplies.

Depending on the configuration, the server will need either Standard fans (single-rotor 17K RPM) or Performance fans (dual-rotor 21K RPM).

Under all of the following conditions, standard fans can be used:

  • CPUs have a TDP < 240W
  • No GPUs
  • No Mellanox ConnectX-6 or ConnectX-7 adapters
  • No Broadcom 57454 10GBASE-T 4-port OCP adapter
  • No 3DS RDIMMs
  • No front 12x 3.5-inch drive bays
  • No mid-chassis drive bays
  • No rear drive bays

If any conditions are not met, Performance fans are required.

Ordering information for the fans is listed in the following table.

Table 73. Fan ordering information
Part number Feature
code		 Description Quantity
required
4F17A14497 BH8F ThinkSystem V3 2U Standard Fan Option Kit 1x CPU: 5
2x CPUs: 6
4F17A82884 BLL6 ThinkSystem V3 2U Performance Fan Option Kit 1x CPU: 5
2x CPUs: 6

Power supplies

The SR665 V3 supports up to two redundant hot-swap power supplies.

The power supply choices are listed in the following table. Both power supplies used in server must be identical.

Tip: When configuring a server in the DCSC configurator, power consumption is calculated precisely by interfacing with Lenovo Capacity Planner. You can therefore select the appropriate power supply for your configuration. However, do consider future upgrades that may require additional power needs.

Table 74. Power supply options
Part number Feature
code		 Description Connector Max
quantity		 110V AC 220V AC 240V DC
PRC only		 -48V DC
AC input power - 80 PLUS Titanium efficiency
4P57A82019 BR1X ThinkSystem 750W 230V Titanium Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply v3 C13 2 No Yes Yes No
CTO only C07V ThinkSystem 750W 230V Titanium Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply v4 C13 2 No Yes Yes No
4P57A72666 BLKH ThinkSystem 1100W 230V Titanium Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply C13 2 No Yes Yes No
4P57A78359 BPK9 ThinkSystem 1800W 230V Titanium Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply C13 2 No Yes Yes No
4P57A72667 BKTJ ThinkSystem 2600W 230V Titanium Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply C19 2 No Yes Yes No
AC input power - 80 PLUS Platinum efficiency
4P57A72670 BNFG ThinkSystem 750W 230V/115V Platinum Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply v3 C13 2 Yes Yes Yes No
4P57A72671 BNFH ThinkSystem 1100W 230V/115V Platinum Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply v3 C13 2 Yes Yes Yes No
4P57A26294

 

 BMUF ThinkSystem 1800W 230V Platinum Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply v2 C13 2 No Yes Yes No
4P57A26295 B962 ThinkSystem 2400W 230V Platinum Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply C19 2 No Yes Yes No
-48V DC input power
4P57A26296 B8QE ThinkSystem 1100W -48V DC Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply DC 2 No No No Yes

Supported power supplies are auto-sensing dual-voltage units, supporting both 110V AC (100-127V 50/60 Hz) and 220V AC (200-240V 50/60 Hz) power. For China customers, all power supplies support 240V DC.

AC power supplies up to 1800W have a C14 connector. AC power supplies 2400W and above have a C19 connector.

The supported -48V DC power supply has a Weidmuller TOP 4GS/3 7.6 terminal as shown in the following figure.

ThinkSystem 1100W -48V DC v2 Power Supply
Figure 20. Connector on the ThinkSystem 1100W -48V DC Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply

Power supply options do not include a line cord. For server configurations, the inclusion of a power cord is model dependent. Configure-to-order models can be configured without power cords if desired.

Power supply LEDs

The supported hot-swap power supplies have the following LEDs:

  • Power input LED: 
    • Green: The power supply is connected to the AC power source
    • Off: The power supply is disconnected from the AC power source or a power problem has occurred
  • Power output LED:
    • Green: The server is on and the power supply is working normally
    • Blinking green: The power supply is in Zero-output/Standby mode (see below)
    • Off: The server is powered off, or the power supply is not working properly
  • Power supply error LED:
    • Off: The power supply is working normally
    • Yellow: The power supply has failed

Zero-output mode: When Zero-output mode (also known as Standby mode or Cold Redundancy mode) is configured in XCC and the server power load is sufficiently low, one of the installed power supplies enters into the Standby state while the other one delivers entire load. When the power load increases, the standby power supply will switch to Active state to provide sufficient power to the server. Zero-output mode can be enabled or disabled in the XClarity Controller web interface, Server Configuration > Power Policy. If you select Disable, then both power supplies will be in the Active state.

Power cords

Line cords and rack power cables with C13 connectors can be ordered as listed in the following table.

110V customers: If you plan to use the 1100W power supply with a 110V power source, select a power cable that is rated above 10A. Power cables that are rated at 10A or below are not supported with 110V power.

Table 75. Power cords
Part number Feature code Description
Rack cables - C13 to C14
SL67B08593 BPHZ 0.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
00Y3043 A4VP 1.0m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
4L67A08367 B0N5 1.0m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
39Y7937 6201 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
4L67A08368 B0N6 1.5m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08365 B0N4 2.0m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
4L67A08369 6570 2.0m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08366 6311 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
4L67A08370 6400 2.8m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
39Y7932 6263 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
4L67A08371 6583 4.3m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Rack Power Cable
Rack cables - C13 to C14 (Y-cable)
00Y3046 A4VQ 1.345m, 2X C13 to C14 Jumper Cord, Rack Power Cable
00Y3047 A4VR 2.054m, 2X C13 to C14 Jumper Cord, Rack Power Cable
Rack cables - C13 to C20
39Y7938 6204 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
Rack cables - C13 to C20 (Y-cable)
47C2491 A3SW 1.2m, 16A/100-250V, 2 Short C13s to Short C20 Rack Power Cable
47C2492 A3SX 2.5m, 16A/100-250V, 2 Long C13s to Short C20 Rack Power Cable
47C2493 A3SY 2.8m, 16A/100-250V, 2 Short C13s to Long C20 Rack Power Cable
47C2494 A3SZ 4.1m, 16A/100-250V, 2 Long C13s to Long C20 Rack Power Cable
Line cords
39Y7930 6222 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord
81Y2384 6492 4.3m 10A/220V, C13 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord
39Y7924 6211 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to AS/NZ 3112 (Australia/NZ) Line Cord
81Y2383 6574 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord
69Y1988 6532 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to NBR 14136 (Brazil) Line Cord
81Y2387 6404 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 - 2P+Gnd (Brazil) Line Cord
39Y7928 6210 2.8m, 220-240V, C13 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord
81Y2378 6580 4.3m, 10A/220V, C13 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord
39Y7918 6213 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to DK2-5a (Denmark) Line Cord
81Y2382 6575 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to DK2-5a (Denmark) Line Cord
39Y7917 6212 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEE7-VII (Europe) Line Cord
81Y2376 6572 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEE7-VII (Europe) Line Cord
39Y7927 6269 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13(2P+Gnd) (India) Line Cord
81Y2386 6567 4.3m, 10A/240V, C13 to IS 6538 (India) Line Cord
39Y7920 6218 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
81Y2381 6579 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
39Y7921 6217 2.8m, 220-240V, C13 to CEI 23-16 (Italy/Chile) Line Cord
81Y2380 6493 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEI 23-16 (Italy/Chile) Line Cord
46M2593 A1RE 2.8m, 12A/125V, C13 to JIS C-8303 (Japan) Line Cord
4L67A08362 6495 4.3m, 12A/200V, C13 to JIS C-8303 (Japan) Line Cord
39Y7926 6335 4.3m, 12A/100V, C13 to JIS C-8303 (Japan) Line Cord
39Y7922 6214 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SABS 164 (S Africa) Line Cord
81Y2379 6576 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to SABS 164 (South Africa) Line Cord
39Y7925 6219 2.8m, 220-240V, C13 to KETI (S Korea) Line Cord
81Y2385 6494 4.3m, 12A/220V, C13 to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
39Y7919 6216 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SEV 1011-S24507 (Swiss) Line Cord
81Y2390 6578 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to SEV 1011-S24507 (Sws) Line Cord
23R7158 6386 2.8m, 10A/125V, C13 to CNS 10917-3 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2375 6317 2.8m, 10A/240V, C13 to CNS 10917-3 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2374 6402 2.8m, 13A/125V, C13 to CNS 60799 (Taiwan) Line Cord
4L67A08363 AX8B 4.3m, 10A 125V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2389 6531 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to 76 CNS 10917-3 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2388 6530 4.3m, 13A/125V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
39Y7923 6215 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord
81Y2377 6577 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord
90Y3016 6313 2.8m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
46M2592 A1RF 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P Line Cord
00WH545 6401 2.8m, 13A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08359 6370 4.3m, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08361 6373 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08360 AX8A 4.3m, 13A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord

Power cords (C19 connectors)

Line cords and rack power cables with C19 connectors can be ordered as listed in the following table.

Table 76. Power cords (C19 connectors)
Part number Feature code Description
Rack cables
4L67A86677 BPJ0 0.5m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
4L67A86678 B4L0 1.0m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
4L67A86679 B4L1 1.5m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
4L67A86680 B4L2 2.0m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
39Y7916 6252 2.5m, 16A/100-240V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
4L67A86681 B4L3 4.3m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
Line cords
40K9777 6276 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line cord
40K9773 6284 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line cord
40K9775 6277 4.3m, 250V, C19 to NBR 14136 (Brazil) Line Cord
40K9774 6288 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to GB2099.1 (China) Line cord
40K9769 6283 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to IEC 309-P+N+G (Den/Sws) Line Cord
40K9766 6279 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to CEE7-VII (European) Line cord
40K9776 6285 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to IS6538 (India) Line cord
40K9771 6282 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to SI 32 (Israel) Line cord
40K9768 6281 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line cord
40K9770 6280 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to SABS 164 (South Africa) Line cord
41Y9231 6289 4.3m, 15A/250V, C19 to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
81Y2391 6549 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to SEV 1011 (Sws) Line Cord
41Y9230 6287 4.3m, 16A/250V, C19 to CNS 10917-3 (Taiwan) Line Cord
40K9767 6278 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to BS 1363/A w/13A fuse (UK) Line Cord
40K9772 6275 4.3m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L6-20P (US) Line Cord
00D7197 A1NV 4.3m, 15A/250V, C19 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord

-48V DC power cord

For the -48V DC Power Supply, the following power cable is supported.

Table 77. -48V DC power cable
Part number Feature code Description
4X97A59831 BE4V 2.5m, -48VDC Interconnecting Cable

Systems management

The SR665 V3 contains an integrated service processor, XClarity Controller 2 (XCC), which provides advanced control, monitoring, and alerting functions. The XCC2 is based on the AST2600 baseboard management controller (BMC) using a dual-core ARM Cortex A7 32-bit RISC service processor running at 1.2 GHz.

Topics in this section:

System I/O Board

The SR665 V3 implements a separate System I/O Board that connects to the Processor Board. The location of the System I/O Board is shown in the Components and connectors section. The System I/O Board contains all the connectors visible at the rear of the server as shown in the following figure.

System I/O Board
Figure 21. System I/O Board

The board also has the following components:

  • XClarity Controller 2, implemented using the ASPEED AST2600 baseboard management controller (BMC).
  • Root of Trust (RoT) module - a daughter card that implements Platform Firmware Resiliency (PFR) hardware Root of Trust (RoT) which enables the server to be NIST SP800-193 compliant. For more details about PFR, see the Security section.
  • Connector to enable an additional redundant Ethernet connection to the XCC2 controller. The connector is used in conjunction with the ThinkSystem V3 Management NIC Adapter Kit (4XC7A85319). For details, see the Remote management section.
  • Internal USB port - to allow the booting of an operating system from a USB key. The VMware ESXi preloads use this port for example. Preloads are described in the Operating system support section.
  • MicroSD card port to enable the use of a MicroSD card for additional storage for use with the XCC2 controller. XCC2 can use the storage as a Remote Disc on Card (RDOC) device (up to 4GB of storage). It can also be used to store firmware updates (including N-1 firmware history) for ease of deployment.

    Tip: Without a MicroSD card installed, the XCC2 controller will have 100MB of available RDOC storage.

Ordering information for the supported USB drive and Micro SD card are listed in the following table.

Table 78. Media for use with the System I/O Board
Part number Feature code Description
4X77A77065 BNWN ThinkSystem USB 32GB USB 3.0 Flash Drive
4X77A77064 BNWP ThinkSystem MicroSD 32GB Class 10 Flash Memory Card

Local management

The SR665 V3 offers a front operator panel with key LED status indicators, as shown in the following figure.

Tip: The Network LED only shows network activity of the installed OCP network adapter.

SR665 V3 front controls
Figure 22. Front operator controls are on the left and right side of the server

Light path diagnostics

The server offers light path diagnostics. If an environmental condition exceeds a threshold or if a system component fails, XCC lights LEDs inside the server to help you diagnose the problem and find the failing part. The server has fault LEDs next to the following components:

  • Each memory DIMM
  • Each drive bay
  • Each power supply

Front VGA and External Diagnostics ports

The VGA port at the rear of the server is included in all models, however the VGA port at the front of the server is optional. Also optional is the External Diagnostics port which enables the use of the External Diagnostics Handset.

To configure either the VGA port or the External Diagnostics port at the front of the server, select one of the following feature codes when configuring the server.

Table 79. Front VGA port
Part number Feature code Description Front
VGA port		 External
diagnostics
port
CTO only BQQ2 ThinkSystem 2U V3 EIA Latch Standard No No
4XH7A86164 BQQ1 ThinkSystem 2U V3 EIA Latch with VGA & External Diagnostics Ports Included Included
4XH7A86816 BQQ4 ThinkSystem 2U V3 EIA Latch with External Diagnostics Port No Included
4XH7A86817 BQQ3 ThinkSystem 2U V3 EIA Latch with VGA Port Included No

External Diagnostics Handset

The SR665 V3 optionally has a port to connect an External Diagnostics Handset as described in the preceding section. The External Diagnostics Handset has the same functions as the Integrated Diagnostics Panel but has the advantages of not consuming space on the front of the server plus it can be shared among many servers in your data center. The handset has a magnet on the back of it to allow you to easily mount it on a convenient place on any rack cabinet.

External management LCD
Figure 23. External Diagnostics Handset

Ordering information for the External Diagnostics Handset with is listed in the following table.

Table 80. External Diagnostics Handset ordering information
Part number Feature code Description
4TA7A64874 BEUX ThinkSystem External Diagnostics Handset

Integrated Diagnostics Panel for 8x 2.5-inch and 16x 2.5-inch drive bay configurations

For configurations with 8x 2.5-inch or 16x 2.5-inch drive bays at the front, the server can optionally be configured to have a pull-out Integrated Diagnostics Panel. The following figure shows the standard (fixed) operator panel and the optional Integrated Diagnostics Panel.

Operator panel choices for the 8x 2.5-inch and 16x 2.5-inch drive bay configurations
Figure 24. Operator panel choices for the 8x 2.5-inch drive bay configuration

The Integrated Diagnostics Panel allows quick access to system status, firmware, network, and health information. The LCD display on the panel and the function buttons give you access to the following information:

  • Active alerts
  • Status Dashboard
  • System VPD: machine type & mode, serial number, UUID string
  • System firmware levels: UEFI and XCC firmware
  • XCC network information: hostname, MAC address, IP address, DNS addresses
  • Environmental data: Ambient temperature, CPU temperature, AC input voltage, estimated power consumption
  • Active XCC sessions
  • System reset action

The Integrated Diagnostics Panel can be configured as listed in the following table. It is only available configure-to-order (CTO); not available as a field upgrade.

Table 81. Ordering information for the Integrated Diagnostics Panel
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only BMJA ThinkSystem 2U 16x2.5" Front Operator Panel v2

Information pull-out tab

The front of the server also houses an information pull-out tab (also known as the network access tag). See Figure 2 for the location. A label on the tab shows the network information (MAC address and other data) to remotely access the service processor.

System status with XClarity Mobile

The XClarity Mobile app includes a tethering function where you can connect your Android or iOS device to the server via USB to see the status of the server.

The steps to connect the mobile device are as follows:

  1. Enable USB Management on the server, by holding down the ID button for 3 seconds (or pressing the dedicated USB management button if one is present)
  2. Connect the mobile device via a USB cable to the server's USB port with the management symbol USB Management symbol
  3. In iOS or Android settings, enable Personal Hotspot or USB Tethering
  4. Launch the Lenovo XClarity Mobile app

Once connected you can see the following information:

  • Server status including error logs (read only, no login required)
  • Server management functions (XClarity login credentials required)

Remote management

The server offers a dedicated RJ45 port at the rear of the server for remote management via the XClarity Controller management processor. The port supports 10/100/1000 Mbps speeds.

Remote server management is provided through industry-standard interfaces:

  • Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Version 2.0
  • Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Version 3 (no SET commands; no SNMP v1)
  • Common Information Model (CIM-XML)
  • Representational State Transfer (REST) support
  • Redfish support (DMTF compliant)
  • Web browser - HTML 5-based browser interface (Java and ActiveX not required) using a responsive design (content optimized for device being used - laptop, tablet, phone) with NLS support

The SR665 V3 also supports the use of an OCP adapter that provides an additional redundant Ethernet connection to the XCC2 controller. Ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 82. Redundant System Management Port Adapter
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description Maximum
quantity
4XC7A85319 BTMQ ThinkSystem V3 Management NIC Adapter Kit 1

The use of this adapter allows concurrent remote access using both the connection on the adapter and the onboard RJ45 remote management port provided by the server. The adapter and onboard port have separate IP addresses.

Configuration rules:

  • The Redundant System Management Port Adapter is installed in the OCP adapter slot at the rear of the server and is mutually exclusive with any OCP network adapter.
  • It is not supported installed in the front OCP slot (if the front OCP slot is configured)
  • If the Redundant System Management Port Adapter is installed in the rear slot, then the front OCP slot (if configured) cannot be used.

The following figure shows the server with the Redundant System Management Port Adapter installed in the OCP slot.

SR665 V3 with the Redundant System Management Port Adapter installed
Figure 25. SR665 V3 with the Redundant System Management Port Adapter installed

IPMI via the Ethernet port (IPMI over LAN) is supported, however it is disabled by default. For CTO orders you can specify whether you want to the feature enabled or disabled in the factory, using the feature codes listed in the following table.

Table 83. IPMI-over-LAN settings
Feature code Description
B7XZ Disable IPMI-over-LAN (default)
B7Y0 Enable IPMI-over-LAN

XCC2 Platinum

The XCC2 service processor in the SR665 V3 supports an upgrade to the Platinum level of features. Compared to the XCC functions of ThinkSystem V2 and earlier systems, Platinum adds the same features as Enterprise and Advanced levels in ThinkSystem V2, plus additional features.

XCC2 Platinum adds the following Enterprise and Advanced functions:

  • Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1600x1200 at 75 Hz with up to 23 bits per pixel, regardless of the system state
  • Remotely accessing the server using the keyboard and mouse from a remote client
  • International keyboard mapping support
  • Syslog alerting
  • Redirecting serial console via SSH
  • Component replacement log (Maintenance History log)
  • Access restriction (IP address blocking)
  • Lenovo SED security key management
  • Displaying graphics for real-time and historical power usage data and temperature
  • Boot video capture and crash video capture
  • Virtual console collaboration - Ability for up to 6 remote users to be log into the remote session simultaneously
  • Remote console Java client
  • Mapping the ISO and image files located on the local client as virtual drives for use by the server
  • Mounting the remote ISO and image files via HTTPS, SFTP, CIFS, and NFS
  • System utilization data and graphic view
  • Single sign on with Lenovo XClarity Administrator
  • Update firmware from a repository
  • License for XClarity Energy Manager

Note: The SR665 V3 does not support Power capping.

XCC2 Platinum also adds the following features that are new to XCC2:

  • System Guard - Monitor hardware inventory for unexpected component changes, and simply log the event or prevent booting
  • Enterprise Strict Security mode - Enforces CNSA 1.0 level security
  • Neighbor Group - Enables administrators to manage and synchronize configurations and firmware level across multiple servers

Ordering information is listed in the following table. XCC2 Platinum is a software license upgrade - no additional hardware is required.

Table 84. XCC2 Platinum license upgrade
Part number Feature code Description
7S0X000DWW S91X Lenovo XClarity XCC2 Platinum Upgrade
7S0X000KWW SBCV Lenovo XClarity Controller 2 (XCC2) Platinum Upgrade

With XCC2 Platinum, for CTO orders, you can request that System Guard be enabled in the factory and the first configuration snapshot be recorded. To add this to an order, select feature code listed in the following table. The selection is made in the Security tab of the DCSC configurator.

Table 85. Enable System Guard in the factory (CTO orders)
Feature code Description
BUT2 Install System Guard

For more information about System Guard, see https://pubs.lenovo.com/xcc2/NN1ia_c_systemguard

Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager

Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager (LXPM) is a UEFI-based application embedded in ThinkSystem servers and accessible via the F1 key during system boot.

LXPM provides the following functions:

  • Graphical UEFI Setup
  • System inventory information and VPD update
  • System firmware updates (UEFI and XCC)
  • RAID setup wizard
  • OS installation wizard (including unattended OS installation)
  • Diagnostics functions

Lenovo XClarity Administrator

Lenovo XClarity Administrator is a centralized resource management solution designed to reduce complexity, speed response, and enhance the availability of Lenovo systems and solutions. It provides agent-free hardware management for ThinkSystem servers, in addition to ThinkServer, System x, and Flex System servers. The administration dashboard is based on HTML 5 and allows fast location of resources so tasks can be run quickly.

Because Lenovo XClarity Administrator does not require any agent software to be installed on the managed endpoints, there are no CPU cycles spent on agent execution, and no memory is used, which means that up to 1GB of RAM and 1 - 2% CPU usage is saved, compared to a typical managed system where an agent is required.

Lenovo XClarity Administrator is an optional software component for the SR665 V3. The software can be downloaded and used at no charge to discover and monitor the SR665 V3 and to manage firmware upgrades.

If software support is required for Lenovo XClarity Administrator, or premium features such as configuration management and operating system deployment are required, Lenovo XClarity Pro software subscription should be ordered. Lenovo XClarity Pro is licensed on a per managed system basis, that is, each managed Lenovo system requires a license.

The following table lists the Lenovo XClarity software license options.

Table 86. Lenovo XClarity Pro ordering information
Part number Feature code Description
00MT201 1339 Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/1 Yr SW S&S
00MT202 1340 Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/3 Yr SW S&S
00MT203 1341 Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/5 Yr SW S&S
7S0X000HWW SAYV Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/6 Yr SW S&S
7S0X000JWW SAYW Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/7 Yr SW S&S

Lenovo XClarity Administrator offers the following standard features that are available at no charge:

  • Auto-discovery and monitoring of Lenovo systems
  • Firmware updates and compliance enforcement
  • External alerts and notifications via SNMP traps, syslog remote logging, and e-mail
  • Secure connections to managed endpoints
  • NIST 800-131A or FIPS 140-2 compliant cryptographic standards between the management solution and managed endpoints
  • Integration into existing higher-level management systems such as cloud automation and orchestration tools through REST APIs, providing extensive external visibility and control over hardware resources
  • An intuitive, easy-to-use GUI
  • Scripting with Windows PowerShell, providing command-line visibility and control over hardware resources

Lenovo XClarity Administrator offers the following premium features that require an optional Pro license:

  • Pattern-based configuration management that allows to define configurations once and apply repeatedly without errors when deploying new servers or redeploying existing servers without disrupting the fabric
  • Bare-metal deployment of operating systems and hypervisors to streamline infrastructure provisioning

For more information, refer to the Lenovo XClarity Administrator Product Guide:
http://lenovopress.com/tips1200

Lenovo XClarity Integrators

Lenovo also offers software plug-in modules, Lenovo XClarity Integrators, to manage physical infrastructure from leading external virtualization management software tools including those from Microsoft and VMware.

These integrators are offered at no charge, however if software support is required, a Lenovo XClarity Pro software subscription license should be ordered.

Lenovo XClarity Integrators offer the following additional features:

  • Ability to discover, manage, and monitor Lenovo server hardware from VMware vCenter or Microsoft System Center
  • Deployment of firmware updates and configuration patterns to Lenovo x86 rack servers and Flex System from the virtualization management tool
  • Non-disruptive server maintenance in clustered environments that reduces workload downtime by dynamically migrating workloads from affected hosts during rolling server updates or reboots
  • Greater service level uptime and assurance in clustered environments during unplanned hardware events by dynamically triggering workload migration from impacted hosts when impending hardware failures are predicted

For more information about all the available Lenovo XClarity Integrators, see the Lenovo XClarity Administrator Product Guide: https://lenovopress.com/tips1200-lenovo-xclarity-administrator

Lenovo XClarity Essentials

Lenovo offers the following XClarity Essentials software tools that can help you set up, use, and maintain the server at no additional cost:

  • Lenovo Essentials OneCLI

    OneCLI is a collection of server management tools that uses a command line interface program to manage firmware, hardware, and operating systems. It provides functions to collect full system health information (including health status), configure system settings, and update system firmware and drivers.

  • Lenovo Essentials UpdateXpress

    The UpdateXpress tool is a standalone GUI application for firmware and device driver updates that enables you to maintain your server firmware and device drivers up-to-date and help you avoid unnecessary server outages. The tool acquires and deploys individual updates and UpdateXpress System Packs (UXSPs) which are integration-tested bundles.

  • Lenovo Essentials Bootable Media Creator

    The Bootable Media Creator (BOMC) tool is used to create bootable media for offline firmware update.

For more information and downloads, visit the Lenovo XClarity Essentials web page:
http://support.lenovo.com/us/en/documents/LNVO-center

Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager

Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager (LXEM) is a power and temperature management solution for data centers. It is an agent-free, web-based console that enables you to monitor and manage power consumption and temperature in your data center through the management console. It enables server density and data center capacity to be increased through the use of power capping.

LXEM is a licensed product. A single-node LXEM license is included with the XClarity Controller Platinum upgrade as described in the XCC2 Platinum section. If your server does not have the XCC Platinum upgrade, Energy Manager licenses can be ordered as shown in the following table.

Table 87. Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager
Part number Description
4L40E51621 Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager Node License (1 license needed per server)

Note: The SR665 V3 does not support the following Energy Manager functions:

  • Power capping
  • Policy-based management

For more information about XClarity Energy Manager, see the following resources:

Lenovo Capacity Planner

Lenovo Capacity Planner is a power consumption evaluation tool that enhances data center planning by enabling IT administrators and pre-sales professionals to understand various power characteristics of racks, servers, and other devices. Capacity Planner can dynamically calculate the power consumption, current, British Thermal Unit (BTU), and volt-ampere (VA) rating at the rack level, improving the planning efficiency for large scale deployments.

For more information, refer to the Capacity Planner web page:
http://datacentersupport.lenovo.com/us/en/solutions/lnvo-lcp

Security

Topics in this section:

Security features

The SR665 V3 server offers the following electronic security features:

  • Secure Boot function of the AMD EPYC processor
  • Support for Platform Firmware Resiliency (PFR) hardware Root of Trust (RoT) - see the Platform Firmware Resiliency section
  • Firmware signature processes compliant with FIPS and NIST requirements
  • System Guard (part of XCC Platinum) - Proactive monitoring of hardware inventory for unexpected component changes
  • Administrator and power-on password
  • Integrated Trusted Platform Module (TPM) supporting TPM 2.0
  • Self-encrypting drives (SEDs) with support for enterprise key managers - see the SED encryption key management section

The server is NIST SP 800-147B compliant.

The SR665 V3 server also offers the following physical security features:

  • Optional chassis intrusion switch
  • Optional lockable front security bezel

The optional lockable front security bezel is shown in the following figure and includes a key that enables you to secure the bezel over the drives and system controls thereby reducing the chance of unauthorized or accidental access to the server.

Front PCIe slots: The use of the security bezel is not supported when the server has front PCIe slots.

Lockable front security bezel
Figure 26. Lockable front security bezel

The dimensions of the security bezel are:

  • Width: 437 mm (17.2 in.)
  • Height: 87 mm (3.4 in.)
  • Width: 23 mm (0.9 in.)

The following table lists the security options for the SR665 V3.

Table 88. Security features
Part number Feature code Description
4X97A82927 BAJJ ThinkSystem SR650 V3/SR655 V3 Intrusion Cable
4X97A90518 BVGB ThinkSystem SR665 V3 Intrusion Cable
4XH7A09886 B8M2 ThinkSystem V2 2U Security Bezel Option Kit
4XH7A90300 BXBQ ThinkSystem V3 2U Security Bezel Option Kit

Tip: The only difference between security bezels 4XH7A09886 and 4XH7A90300 is the Lenovo logo: On 4XH7A09886, the logo is made from plastic; on 4XH7A90300, the logo is made from aluminum alloy.

Platform Firmware Resiliency - Lenovo ThinkShield

Lenovo's ThinkShield Security is a transparent and comprehensive approach to security that extends to all dimensions of our data center products: from development, to supply chain, and through the entire product lifecycle.

The ThinkSystem SR665 V3 includes Platform Firmware Resiliency (PFR) hardware Root of Trust (RoT) which enables the system to be NIST SP800-193 compliant. This offering further enhances key platform subsystem protections against unauthorized firmware updates and corruption, to restore firmware to an integral state, and to closely monitor firmware for possible compromise from cyber-attacks.

PFR operates upon the following server components:

  • UEFI image – the low-level server firmware that connects the operating system to the server hardware
  • XCC image – the management “engine” software that controls and reports on the server status separate from the server operating system
  • FPGA image – the code that runs the server’s lowest level hardware controller on the motherboard

The Lenovo Platform Root of Trust Hardware performs the following three main functions:

  • Detection – Measures the firmware and updates for authenticity
  • Recovery – Recovers a corrupted image to a known-safe image
  • Protection – Monitors the system to ensure the known-good firmware is not maliciously written

These enhanced protection capabilities are implemented using a dedicated, discrete security processor whose implementation has been rigorously validated by leading third-party security firms. Security evaluation results and design details are available for customer review – providing unprecedented transparency and assurance.

The SR665 V3 includes support for Secure Boot, a UEFI firmware security feature developed by the UEFI Consortium that ensures only immutable and signed software are loaded during the boot time. The use of Secure Boot helps prevent malicious code from being loaded and helps prevent attacks, such as the installation of rootkits. Lenovo offers the capability to enable secure boot in the factory, to ensure end-to-end protection. Alternatively, Secure Boot can be left disabled in the factory, allowing the customer to enable it themselves at a later point, if desired.

The following table lists the relevant feature code(s).

Table 89. Secure Boot options
Part number Feature code Description Purpose
CTO only BPKQ TPM 2.0 with Secure Boot Configure the system in the factory with Secure Boot enabled.
CTO only BPKR TPM 2.0 Configure the system without Secure Boot enabled. Customers can enable Secure Boot later if desired.

Tip: If Secure Boot is not enabled in the factory, it can be enabled later by the customer. However once Secure Boot is enabled, it cannot be disabled.

Security standards

The SR665 V3 supports the following security standards and capabilities:

  • Industry Standard Security Capabilities
    • AMD CPU Enablement
      • AES-NI (Advanced Encryption Standard New Instructions)
      • GMET (Guest Mode Execute Trap)
      • Hardware-based side channel attack resilience enhancements
      • NX (No eXecute)
      • PSB (Platform Secure Boot)
      • Shadow Stack
      • SEV (Secure Encrypted Virtualization)
      • SEV-ES (Encrypted State register encryption)
      • SEV-SNP (Secure Nested Paging)
      • SVM (Secure Virtual Machine)
      • SME (Secure Memory Encryption)
      • UMIP (User Mode Instruction Prevention)
    • Microsoft Windows Security Enablement
      • Credential Guard
      • Device Guard
      • Host Guardian Service
    • TCG (Trusted Computing Group) TPM (Trusted Platform Module) 2.0
    • UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) Forum Secure Boot
  • Hardware Root of Trust and Security
    • Independent security subsystem providing platform-wide NIST SP800-193 compliant Platform Firmware Resilience (PFR)
    • Host domain RoT supplemented by AMD Platform Secure Boot (PSB)
    • Management domain RoT supplemented by the Secure Boot features of XCC
  • Platform Security

    • Boot and run-time firmware integrity monitoring with rollback to known-good firmware (e.g., “self-healing”)
    • Non-volatile storage bus security monitoring and filtering
    • Resilient firmware implementation, such as to detect and defeat unauthorized flash writes or SMM (System Management Mode) memory incursions
    • Patented IPMI KCS channel privileged access authorization (USPTO Patent# 11,256,810)
    • Host and management domain authorization, including integration with CyberArk for enterprise password management
    • KMIP (Key Management Interoperability Protocol) compliant, including support for IBM SKLM and Thales KeySecure
    • Reduced “out of box” attack surface
    • Configurable network services
    • FIPS 140-3 (in progress) validated cryptography for XCC
    • CNSA Suite 1.0 Quantum-resistant cryptography for XCC
    • Lenovo System Guard

    For more information on platform security, see the paper “How to Harden the Security of your ThinkSystem Server and Management Applications” available from https://lenovopress.com/lp1260-how-to-harden-the-security-of-your-thinksystem-server.

  • Standards Compliance and/or Support
    • NIST SP800-131A rev 2 “Transitioning the Use of Cryptographic Algorithms and Key Lengths”
    • NIST SP800-147B “BIOS Protection Guidelines for Servers”
    • NIST SP800-193 “Platform Firmware Resiliency Guidelines”
    • ISO/IEC 11889 “Trusted Platform Module Library”
    • Common Criteria TCG Protection Profile for “PC Client Specific TPM 2.0”
    • European Union Commission Regulation 2019/424 (“ErP Lot 9”) “Ecodesign Requirements for Servers and Data Storage Products” Secure Data Deletion
    • Optional FIPS 140-2 validated Self-Encrypting Disks (SEDs) with external KMIP-based key management
  • Product and Supply Chain Security
    • Suppliers validated through Lenovo’s Trusted Supplier Program
    • Developed in accordance with Lenovo’s Secure Development Lifecycle (LSDL)
    • Continuous firmware security validation through automated testing, including static code analysis, dynamic network and web vulnerability testing, software composition analysis, and subsystem-specific testing, such as UEFI security configuration validation
    • Ongoing security reviews by US-based security experts, with attestation letters available from our third-party security partners
    • Digitally signed firmware, stored and built on US-based infrastructure and signed on US-based Hardware Security Modules (HSMs)
    • TAA (Trade Agreements Act) compliant manufacturing, by default in Mexico for North American markets with additional US and EU manufacturing options
    • US 2019 NDAA (National Defense Authorization Act) Section 889 compliant

Rack installation

The following table lists the rack installation options that are available for the SR665 V3.

Table 90. Rack installation options
Part number Feature Description
Rail Kits
4M17A13564 BK7W ThinkSystem Toolless Friction Rail v2
4M17A11754 B8LA ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2
4M17A11756 B91Y ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2 with 2U CMA
Enhanced Rail Kits for > 34 kg server weight*
4M17A11755 B8LB ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2 Enhanced
4M17A11757 B97N ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2 Enhanced with 2U CMA
Separate Cable Management Arm
7M27A05698 B135 ThinkSystem 2U CMA Upgrade Kit for Toolless Slide Rail

* The Enhanced Slide Rail Kits are used when the server is shipped in a rack and the server is 34 kg or heavier (configuration with 20x 3.5-inch HDDs for example)

The following table summarizes the rail kit features and specifications.

Table 91. Rail kit features and specifications summary
Feature ThinkSystem Toolless Friction Rail v2 ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2 ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2 Enhanced ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2 with 2U CMA ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit v2 Enhanced with 2U CMA
Option part number 4M17A13564 4M17A11754 4M17A11755 4M17A11756 4M17A11757
Rail type Half-out slide rail (friction) Full-out slide rail (ball bearing) Full-out slide rail (ball bearing) Full-out slide rail (ball bearing) Full-out slide rail (ball bearing)
Toolless installation Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
CMA support No Optional, 7M27A05698* Optional, 7M27A05698* Included Included
Supported rack type Four-post IBM and Lenovo standard rack, complying with the IEC standard Four-post IBM and Lenovo standard rack, complying with the IEC standard Four-post IBM and Lenovo standard rack, complying with the IEC standard Four-post IBM and Lenovo standard rack, complying with the IEC standard Four-post IBM and Lenovo standard rack, complying with the IEC standard
In-rack server maintenance No Yes Yes Yes Yes
1U PDU support Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
0U PDU support Yes Limited support** Limited support** Limited support** Limited support**
Supported mounting holes Square or round Square or round Square, round, or threaded Square or round Square, round, or threaded
Thickness of mounting flanges 2.0-3.3 mm (0.08-0.13 inches) 2.0-3.3 mm (0.08-0.13 inches) 2.0-3.3 mm (0.08-0.13 inches) 2.0-3.3 mm (0.08-0.13 inches) 2.0-3.3 mm (0.08-0.13 inches)
Supported distance between front and rear mounting flanges‡ 610-864 mm (24-34 inches) 610-813 mm (24-32 inches) 635-813 mm (25-32 inches) 610-813 mm (24-32 inches) 635-813 mm (25-32 inches)
Rail length† 751 mm (29.6 inches) 740 mm (29.1 inches) 740 mm (29.1 inches) 820 mm (32.3 inches) 820 mm (32.3 inches)

* CMA mounting brackets are not preinstalled on the rail. The CMA mounting brackets are contained in the CMA option kit package and you will need to install the CMA mounting brackets first. For detailed instructions, refer to the documentation that comes with the CMA option kit.
** If you want to install the rails and a 0U PDU into the same rack, the rack must meet the height and depth requirements as described in ThinkSystem Rail Support Matrix.
‡ For best performance, it is recommended that you install the rails to the racks with a 719-mm distance (28.31-inch, Lenovo rack default distance) between the front and rear mounting flanges.
† Measured when mounted on the rack, from the front surface of the front mounting flange to the rear most point of the rail. Rail is in closed position.

Operating system support

The SR665 V3 supports the following operating systems:

  • Microsoft Windows 10 Professional (x64)
  • Microsoft Windows 11 Professional (x64)
  • Microsoft Windows Server 2019
  • Microsoft Windows Server 2022
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.6
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.7
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.8
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.9
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.0
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.1
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.2
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.3
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP4
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP5
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Xen SP4
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Xen SP5
  • Ubuntu 20.04 LTS 64-bit
  • Ubuntu 22.04 LTS 64-bit
  • VMware ESXi 7.0 U3
  • VMware ESXi 8.0
  • VMware ESXi 8.0 U1
  • VMware ESXi 8.0 U2

For a complete list of supported, certified and tested operating systems, plus additional details and links to relevant web sites, see the Operating System Interoperability Guide: https://lenovopress.lenovo.com/osig#servers=sr665-v3-7d9b-7d9a

For configure-to-order configurations, the server can be preloaded with VMware ESXi installed on M.2 cards. Ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 92. VMware ESXi preload
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only BMEY VMware ESXi 7.0 U3 (Factory Installed)
CTO only BMT5 VMware ESXi 8.0 (Factory Installed)
CTO only BYC7 VMware ESXi 8.0 U2 (Factory Installed)

Configuration rule:

  • An ESXi preload cannot be selected if the configuration includes an NVIDIA GPU (ESXi preload cannot include the NVIDIA driver)

You can download supported VMware vSphere hypervisor images from the following web page and load it on the M.2 drives or 7mm drives using the instructions provided:

https://vmware.lenovo.com/content/custom_iso/

Windows 10 and Windows 11

The SR665 V3 can now run Windows 10 and Windows 11, however only a subset of adapters and drives can be installed. For ease of configuration, additional Base CTO models 7D9ACTO2WW and 7D9BCTO2WW have been created to assist building a configuration that can be used with the client operating systems. See the Models section for details.

The XClarity management toolset is supported with Windows 10 and Windows 11.

Windows client license: A Windows client license for the system cannot be ordered from Lenovo nor can the OS be preloaded on the system in the factory. For the Windows license and for preloads, please contact your Lenovo business partner. A Windows Pro license is required as a qualifying base OS license in order to use a client Volume License offering.

See the part number tables in the following sections to see which adapters are supported with Windows 10 and Windows 11:

GPU recommended: Lenovo recommends that if you plan to install Windows 10 or 11 on this server to run graphics-intensive applications, then you should selected a dedicated graphics adapter (GPU).

The following components are not supported:

  • Fibre Channel adapters
  • InfiniBand and VPI adapters
  • External storage adapters
  • Flash storage adapters

Physical and electrical specifications

The SR665 V3 has the following overall physical dimensions, excluding components that extend outside the standard chassis, such as EIA flanges, front security bezel (if any), and power supply handles:

  • Width: 445 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Height: 87 mm (3.4 inches)
  • Depth: 766 mm (30.1 inches)

The following table lists the detailed dimensions. See the figure below for the definition of each dimension.

Table 93. Detailed dimensions
Dimension Description
482 mm Xa = Width, to the outsides of the front EIA flanges
435 mm Xb = Width, to the rack rail mating surfaces
445 mm Xc = Width, to the outer most chassis body feature
87 mm Ya = Height, from the bottom of chassis to the top of the chassis
698 mm Za = Depth, from the rack flange mating surface to the rearmost I/O port surface
732 mm Zb = Depth, from the rack flange mating surface to the rearmost feature of the chassis body
727 mm (≤1100W)
755 mm (1800W)
781 mm (2400W)		 Zc = Depth, from the rack flange mating surface to the rearmost feature such as power supply handle
34 mm Zd = Depth, from the forwardmost feature on front of EIA flange to the rack flange mating surface
46 mm Ze = Depth, from the front of security bezel (if applicable) or forwardmost feature to the rack flange mating surface

Rack server dimensions
Figure 27. Server dimensions

The shipping dimensions (cardboard packaging) of the SR665 V3 are as follows:

  • Width: 592 mm (23.3 inches)
  • Height: 282 mm (11.1 inches)
  • Depth: 992 mm (39.1 inches)

The server has the following weight:

  • Maximum weight: 38.8 kg (85.5 lb)

Electrical specifications for AC input power supplies:

  • Input voltage:
    • 100 to 127 (nominal) Vac, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
    • 200 to 240 (nominal) Vac, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
    • 180 to 300 Vdc (China only)
  • Inlet current: See the following table.
Table 94. Maximum inlet current
Part number Description 100V AC 200V AC 220V AC 240V DC
AC input power - 80 PLUS Titanium efficiency
4P57A82019 ThinkSystem 750W 230V Titanium Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply v3 No support 4A 3.6A 3.3A
4P57A72666 ThinkSystem 1100W 230V Titanium Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply No support 5.9A 5.3A 5A
4P57A78359 ThinkSystem 1800W 230V Titanium Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply No support 9.7A 8.7A 8.3A
4P57A72667 ThinkSystem 2600W 230V Titanium Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply No support 13.2A 13A 11.9A
AC input power - 80 PLUS Platinum efficiency
4P57A72670 ThinkSystem 750W 230V/115V Platinum Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply v3 8.4A 4.1A 3.69A 3.5A
4P57A72671 ThinkSystem 1100W 230V/115V Platinum Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply v3 12A 6A 5.4A 5.1A
4P57A26294 ThinkSystem 1800W 230V Platinum Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply v2 No support 10A 9.1A 9A
4P57A26295 ThinkSystem 2400W 230V Platinum Hot-Swap Gen2 Power Supply No support 14A 12.6A 12A

Electrical specifications for DC input power supply:

  • Input voltage: -48 to -60 Vdc
  • Inlet current (1100W power supply): 26 A

Operating environment

The SR665 V3 server complies with ASHRAE Class A2 specifications with most configurations, and depending on the hardware configuration, also complies with ASHRAE Class A3 and Class A4 specifications. System performance may be impacted when operating temperature is outside ASHRAE A2 specification.

Depending on the hardware configuration, the SR665 V3 server also complies with ASHRAE Class H1 specification. System performance may be impacted when operating temperature is outside ASHRAE H1 specification.

Topics in this section:

Ambient temperature requirements

Additional restrictions to ASHRAE support, based on server configuration, are as follows:

  • The ambient temperature must be limited to 35°C or lower if the server has any of the following components:
    • Broadcom 57416 10GBASE-T 2-port OCP
    • Broadcom 57454 10GBASE-T 4-port OCP
    • PCIe network adapters at a rate greater than or equal to 100 Gb
    • Parts with AOC and at the rate of 25 Gb
  • The ambient temperature must be limited to 30°C or lower if the server has any of the following components:
    • 24x 2.5" or 12x 3.5" front bay with middle or rear bay
    • GPU (except front 24x 2.5" configurations and configurations with Group E processors)
    • Parts with AOC and at a rate greater than 25 GB
    • 9654(P)/9554(P)/9174F/9754/9734/9684X processors using performance heat sinks in a front 8x 2.5", 8x 3.5", or 16x 2.5" standard configuration.
    • Group E processors using advanced heat sinks in a front 12x 3.5" or 24x 2.5" configuration without middle/rear bay
  • The ambient temperature must be limited to 25°C or lower if the server has any of the following components:
    • 9274F/9374F/9474F using performance heat sinks in a front 8x 2.5", 8x 3.5" or 16x 2.5" standard configuration
    • 9654(P)/9554(P)/9174F/9754/9734 using performance heat sinks in a front 24x 2.5" configuration without middle/rear bay
    • 9654(P)/9554(P)/9174F/9754/9734/9684X in a front 8x 2.5", 8x 3.5", 16x 2.5" + GPU configuration
    • 24x 2.5" front bay + GPU
    • Gen5 7.68 TB or larger capacity NVMe in a configuration with middle/rear bay
    • Group A (240 W < cTDP ≤ 300 W) processor in a configuration with middle/rear bay
    • ThinkSystem 256GB TruDDR5 4800MHz (8Rx4) 3DS RDIMM-A v1

Note:

  • Group B processors: 200 W ≤ cTDP ≤ 240 W
  • Group A processors: 240 W < cTDP ≤ 300 W
  • Group E processors: 320 W ≤ cTDP ≤ 400 W

Server shutdown: When the ambient temperature is greater than the supported max temperature (ASHARE A4 45°C), the server will shut down. The server will not power on again until the ambient temperature falls within the supported temperature range.

For additional information, see the Environmental specifications and Thermal rules sections in the product documentation:
https://pubs.lenovo.com/sr665-v3/server_specifications_environmental
https://pubs.lenovo.com/sr665-v3/thermal_rules

Temperature and humidity

The server is supported in the following environment:

  • Air temperature:
    • Operating:
      • ASHRAE Class A2: 10°C to 35°C (50°F to 95°F); the maximum ambient temperature decreases by 1°C for every 300 m (984 ft) increase in altitude above 900 m (2,953 ft).
      • ASHRAE Class A3: 5°C to 40°C (41°F to 104°F); the maximum ambient temperature decreases by 1°C for every 175 m (574 ft) increase in altitude above 900 m (2,953 ft).
      • ASHRAE Class A4: 5°C to 45°C (41°F to 113°F); the maximum ambient temperature decreases by 1°C for every 125 m (410 ft) increase in altitude above 900 m (2,953 ft).
      • ASHRAE Class H1: 5 °C to 25 °C (41 °F to 77 °F); Decrease the maximum ambient temperature by 1°C for every 500 m (1640 ft) increase in altitude above 900 m (2,953 ft).
    • Server off: 5°C to 45°C (41°F to 113°F)
    • Shipment/storage: -40°C to 60°C (-40°F to 140°F)
  • Maximum altitude: 3,050 m (10,000 ft)
  • Relative Humidity (non-condensing):
    • Operating
      • ASHRAE Class A2: 8% to 80%; maximum dew point: 21°C (70°F)
      • ASHRAE Class A3: 8% to 85%; maximum dew point: 24°C (75°F)
      • ASHRAE Class A4: 8% to 90%; maximum dew point: 24°C (75°F)
      • ASHRAE Class H1: 8% to 80%; Maximum dew point: 17°C (63°F)
    • Shipment/storage: 8% to 90% 

Acoustical noise emissions

The server has the following acoustic noise emissions declaration:

  • Sound power level (LWAd):
    • Idling: 5.9 Bel (Min), 6.5 Bel (Typical), 7.3 Bel (GPU rich), 7.3 Bel (Storage rich)
    • Operating: 6.5 Bel (Min), 8.1 Bel (Typical), 8.7 Bel (GPU rich), 7.5 Bel (Storage rich)
  • Sound pressure level (LpAm):
    • Idling: 41.5 dBA (Min), 51 dBA (Typical), 60.2 dBA (GPU rich), 60.2 dBA (Storage rich)
    • Operating: 48.3 dBA (Min), 66.6 dBA (Typical), 71.9 dBA (GPU rich), 61.3 dBA (Storage rich)

Notes:

  • These sound levels were measured in controlled acoustical environments according to procedures specified by ISO7779 and are reported in accordance with ISO 9296.
  • The declared acoustic sound levels are based on the following configurations, which may change depending on configuration/conditions：
    • Min: 2x 240W CPU, 12x 64GB RDIMMs, 8x SAS HDDs, RAID 940-8i, Intel E810-DA2 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port OCP, 2x 1100W PSU
    • Typical: 2x 300W CPU, 24x 64GB RDIMMs, 16x SAS HDDs, RAID 940-8i, Intel E810-DA2 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port OCP, 2x 1800W PSU
    • GPU rich: 2x 300W CPU, 24x 64GB RDIMMs, 16x SAS HDDs, RAID 940-16i, Intel E810-DA2 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port OCP, 3x A100 80G GPUs, 2x 2400W PSU
    • Storage rich: 2x 240W CPU, 12x 64GB RDIMMs, 16x SAS HDDs, RAID 940-8i, Intel E810-DA2 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port OCP, 2x 1800W PSU
  • Government regulations (such as those prescribed by OSHA or European Community Directives) may govern noise level exposure in the workplace and may apply to you and your server installation. The actual sound pressure levels in your installation depend upon a variety of factors, including the number of racks in the installation; the size, materials, and configuration of the room; the noise levels from other equipment; the room ambient temperature, and employee's location in relation to the equipment. Further, compliance with such government regulations depends on a variety of additional factors, including the duration of employees' exposure and whether employees wear hearing protection. Lenovo recommends that you consult with qualified experts in this field to determine whether you are in compliance with the applicable regulations.

Shock and vibration

The server has the following vibration and shock limits:

  • Vibration:
    • Operating: 0.21 G rms at 5 Hz to 500 Hz for 15 minutes across 3 axes
    • Non-operating: 1.04 G rms at 2 Hz to 200 Hz for 15 minutes across 6 surfaces
  • Shock:
    • Operating: 15 G for 3 milliseconds in each direction (positive and negative X, Y, and Z axes)
    • Non-operating:
      • 23 kg - 31 kg: 35 G for 152 in./sec velocity change across 6 surfaces (3x GPU config, 2.5” config)
      • 32 kg - 68 kg: 35 G for 136 in./sec velocity change across 6 surfaces (20x 3.5” HDD config)

Particulate contamination

Airborne particulates (including metal flakes or particles) and reactive gases acting alone or in combination with other environmental factors such as humidity or temperature might damage the system that might cause the system to malfunction or stop working altogether.

The following specifications indicate the limits of particulates that the system can tolerate:

  • Reactive gases:
    • The copper reactivity level shall be less than 200 Angstroms per month (Å/month)
    • The silver reactivity level shall be less than 200 Å/month
  • Airborne particulates:
    • The room air should be continuously filtered with MERV 8 filters.
    • Air entering a data center should be filtered with MERV 11 or preferably MERV 13 filters.
    • The deliquescent relative humidity of the particulate contamination should be more than 60% RH
    • Environment must be free of zinc whiskers

For additional information, see the Specifications section of the documentation for the server, available from the Lenovo Documents site, https://pubs.lenovo.com/

Water infrastructure for the Lenovo Neptune Processor DWC Module

The Lenovo Neptune Processor DWC Module is the liquid-based processor cooling offering for the SR665 V3, as described in the Lenovo Neptune Processor DWC Module section.

The DWC module requires the following water infrastructure components in the rack cabinet and data center:

  • Supported 42U or 48U rack cabinet

    The 42U or 48U Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet (machine types 7D6D or 7D6E) are supported. Two 0U mounting points are required for the water manifolds, at the rear of the rack cabinet, one either side.

    For information about the 42U and 48U Heavy Duty Rack Cabinets, see the product guide:
    https://lenovopress.lenovo.com/lp1498-lenovo-heavy-duty-rack-cabinets

  • 38-port water manifold, installed in the rear of the rack cabinet

    The manifold provides quick-disconnect couplings that each server in the rack are connected to. Ordering information is in the table below.

  • Coolant distribution unit (CDU), either in-rack or in-row

    In-rack CDUs are installed at the bottom of the rack cabinet. The supported in-rack CDU is as follows:

    In-row CDUs are separate cabinets that are typically installed at the end of a row of rack cabinets. Examples of suitable in-row CDUs include (but not limited to):

    • CoolTera FS400 310KW CDU
    • Vertiv Liebert XDU60 60KW CDU
  • Hose kit to connect to the CDU to the manifold

    Ordering information is in the table.

The following figure shows the major components of the solution.

Water manifold connections
Figure 28. Water manifold connections

Configuration requirements:

  • Maximum number of SR665 V3 servers support in a rack:
    • 48U rack: 19 servers
    • 42U rack with in-rack CDU: 18 servers
    • 42U rack without in-rack CDU: 19 servers
  • Inlet water flow rate:
    • 0.5 LPM: Maximum 40°C inlet water temperature
    • 1.0 LPM: Maximum 45°C inlet water temperature
    • 1.5 LPM: Maximum 50°C inlet water temperature
  • Water pressure requirement:
    • Maximum operating node inlet pressure = 43.5 psi (3 Bar)

The 38-drop water manifold and hoses can be ordered as part numbers or by using the CTO process in the configurators using CTO model 7DE6CTO1WW. The following table lists the ordering information for the water manifold for the Neptune Processor DWC Module.

Table 95. Ordering information
Part number Feature code
(7DE6CTO1WW)		 Description
Manifold for 42U and 48U rack cabinet
4XF7A90061 BXHD ThinkSystem Neptune DWC 38 Port Rack Manifold
Hoses to connect the manifold to an in-rack CDU
4XF7A90232 BXHE Connection Set, for 38 Ports Manifold with in-Rack CDU in 42U Rack
4XF7A90233 BXHF Connection Set, for 38 Ports Manifold with in-Rack CDU in 48U Rack
Hoses to connect the manifold to an in-row CDU
4XF7A90234 BXHG Hose Set, 1 inch EPDM, 1.3m, for 38 Ports manifold for in-row CDU
4XF7A90235 BXHH Hose Set, 1 inch EPDM, 2.3m, for 38 Ports manifold for in-row CDU

Configuration notes:

  • This water connection solution cannot be used with Lenovo's water-cooled servers as the water requirements are different.
  • The hoses for in-row CDUs have Eaton FD83 quick-disconnect couplings

RM100 In-Rack Coolant Distribution Unit

The RM100 In-Rack Coolant Distribution Unit (CDU) can provide 100kW cooling capacity within the rack cabinet. It is designed as a 4U high rack device installed at the bottom of the rack. The CDU is supported in the 42U and 48U Heavy Duty Rack Cabinets. 

For information about the 42U and 48U Heavy Duty Rack Cabinets, see the product guide:
https://lenovopress.lenovo.com/lp1498-lenovo-heavy-duty-rack-cabinets

The following figure shows the RM100 CDU.

RM100 In-Rack Coolant Distribution Unit
Figure 29. RM100 In-Rack Coolant Distribution Unit

The CDU can be ordered using the CTO process in the configurators using machine type 7DBL. The following table lists the base CTO model and base feature code.

Table 96. Ordering information
CTO model Base feature Description
7DBLCTOLWW BRL4 Lenovo Neptune DWC RM100 In-Rack CDU

For details and exact specification of the CDU, see the In-Rack CDU Operation & Maintenance Guide:
https://pubs.lenovo.com/hdc_rackcabinet/rm100_user_guide.pdf

Professional Services: The factory integration of the In-Rack CDU requires Lenovo Professional Services review and approval for warranty and associated extended services. Before ordering CDU and manifold, contact the Lenovo Professional Services team ( ).

Warranty and Support

The SR665 V3 has a 1-year or 3-year warranty based on the machine type of the system:

  • 7D9B - 1 year warranty
  • 7D9A - 3 year warranty

The standard warranty terms are customer-replaceable unit (CRU) and onsite (for field-replaceable units FRUs only) with standard call center support during normal business hours and 9x5 Next Business Day Parts Delivered.

Lenovo’s additional support services provide a sophisticated, unified support structure for your data center, with an experience consistently ranked number one in customer satisfaction worldwide. Available offerings include:

  • Premier Support

    Premier Support provides a Lenovo-owned customer experience and delivers direct access to technicians skilled in hardware, software, and advanced troubleshooting, in addition to the following:

    • Direct technician-to-technician access through a dedicated phone line
    • 24x7x365 remote support
    • Single point of contact service
    • End to end case management
    • Third-party collaborative software support
    • Online case tools and live chat support
    • On-demand remote system analysis
  • Warranty Upgrade (Preconfigured Support)

    Services are available to meet the on-site response time targets that match the criticality of your systems.

    • 3, 4, or 5 years of service coverage
    • 1-year or 2-year post-warranty extensions
    • Foundation Service: 9x5 service coverage with next business day onsite response. YourDrive YourData is an optional extra (see below).
    • Essential Service: 24x7 service coverage with 4-hour onsite response or 24-hour committed repair (available only in select markets). Bundled with YourDrive YourData.
    • Advanced Service: 24x7 service coverage with 2-hour onsite response or 6-hour committed repair (available only in select markets). Bundled with YourDrive YourData.
  • Managed Services

    Lenovo Managed Services provides continuous 24x7 remote monitoring (plus 24x7 call center availability) and proactive management of your data center using state-of-the-art tools, systems, and practices by a team of highly skilled and experienced Lenovo services professionals.

    Quarterly reviews check error logs, verify firmware & OS device driver levels, and software as needed. We’ll also maintain records of latest patches, critical updates, and firmware levels, to ensure you systems are providing business value through optimized performance.

  • Technical Account Management (TAM)

    A Lenovo Technical Account Manager helps you optimize the operation of your data center based on a deep understanding of your business. You gain direct access to your Lenovo TAM, who serves as your single point of contact to expedite service requests, provide status updates, and furnish reports to track incidents over time. In addition, your TAM will help proactively make service recommendations and manage your service relationship with Lenovo to make certain your needs are met.

  • Enterprise Server Software Support

    Enterprise Software Support is an additional support service providing customers with software support on Microsoft, Red Hat, SUSE, and VMware applications and systems. Around the clock availability for critical problems plus unlimited calls and incidents helps customers address challenges fast, without incremental costs. Support staff can answer troubleshooting and diagnostic questions, address product comparability and interoperability issues, isolate causes of problems, report defects to software vendors, and more.

  • YourDrive YourData

    Lenovo’s YourDrive YourData is a multi-drive retention offering that ensures your data is always under your control, regardless of the number of drives that are installed in your Lenovo server. In the unlikely event of a drive failure, you retain possession of your drive while Lenovo replaces the failed drive part. Your data stays safely on your premises, in your hands. The YourDrive YourData service can be purchased in convenient bundles and is optional with Foundation Service. It is bundled with Essential Service and Advanced Service.

  • Health Check

    Having a trusted partner who can perform regular and detailed health checks is central to maintaining efficiency and ensuring that your systems and business are always running at their best. Health Check supports Lenovo-branded server, storage, and networking devices, as well as select Lenovo-supported products from other vendors that are sold by Lenovo or a Lenovo-Authorized Reseller.

Examples of region-specific warranty terms are second or longer business day parts delivery or parts-only base warranty.

If warranty terms and conditions include onsite labor for repair or replacement of parts, Lenovo will dispatch a service technician to the customer site to perform the replacement. Onsite labor under base warranty is limited to labor for replacement of parts that have been determined to be field-replaceable units (FRUs). Parts that are determined to be customer-replaceable units (CRUs) do not include onsite labor under base warranty.

If warranty terms include parts-only base warranty, Lenovo is responsible for delivering only replacement parts that are under base warranty (including FRUs) that will be sent to a requested location for self-service. Parts-only service does not include a service technician being dispatched onsite. Parts must be changed at customer’s own cost and labor and defective parts must be returned following the instructions supplied with the spare parts.

Lenovo Service offerings are region-specific. Not all preconfigured support and upgrade options are available in every region. For information about Lenovo service upgrade offerings that are available in your region, refer to the following resources:

For service definitions, region-specific details, and service limitations, please refer to the following documents:

Services

Lenovo Services is a dedicated partner to your success. Our goal is to reduce your capital outlays, mitigate your IT risks, and accelerate your time to productivity.

Note: Some service options may not be available in all markets or regions. For more information, go to https://www.lenovo.com/services. For information about Lenovo service upgrade offerings that are available in your region, contact your local Lenovo sales representative or business partner.

Here’s a more in-depth look at what we can do for you:

  • Asset Recovery Services

    Asset Recovery Services (ARS) helps customers recover the maximum value from their end-of-life equipment in a cost-effective and secure way. On top of simplifying the transition from old to new equipment, ARS mitigates environmental and data security risks associated with data center equipment disposal. Lenovo ARS is a cash-back solution for equipment based on its remaining market value, yielding maximum value from aging assets and lowering total cost of ownership for your customers. For more information, see the ARS page, https://lenovopress.com/lp1266-reduce-e-waste-and-grow-your-bottom-line-with-lenovo-ars.

  • Assessment Services

    An Assessment helps solve your IT challenges through an onsite, multi-day session with a Lenovo technology expert. We perform a tools-based assessment which provides a comprehensive and thorough review of a company's environment and technology systems. In addition to the technology based functional requirements, the consultant also discusses and records the non-functional business requirements, challenges, and constraints. Assessments help organizations like yours, no matter how large or small, get a better return on your IT investment and overcome challenges in the ever-changing technology landscape.

  • Design Services

    Professional Services consultants perform infrastructure design and implementation planning to support your strategy. The high-level architectures provided by the assessment service are turned into low level designs and wiring diagrams, which are reviewed and approved prior to implementation. The implementation plan will demonstrate an outcome-based proposal to provide business capabilities through infrastructure with a risk-mitigated project plan.

  • Basic Hardware Installation

    Lenovo experts can seamlessly manage the physical installation of your server, storage, or networking hardware. Working at a time convenient for you (business hours or off shift), the technician will unpack and inspect the systems on your site, install options, mount in a rack cabinet, connect to power and network, check and update firmware to the latest levels, verify operation, and dispose of the packaging, allowing your team to focus on other priorities.

  • Deployment Services

    When investing in new IT infrastructures, you need to ensure your business will see quick time to value with little to no disruption. Lenovo deployments are designed by development and engineering teams who know our Products & Solutions better than anyone else, and our technicians own the process from delivery to completion. Lenovo will conduct remote preparation and planning, configure & integrate systems, validate systems, verify and update appliance firmware, train on administrative tasks, and provide post-deployment documentation. Customer’s IT teams leverage our skills to enable IT staff to transform with higher level roles and tasks.

  • Integration, Migration, and Expansion Services

    Move existing physical & virtual workloads easily, or determine technical requirements to support increased workloads while maximizing performance. Includes tuning, validation, and documenting ongoing run processes. Leverage migration assessment planning documents to perform necessary migrations.

Regulatory compliance

The SR665 V3 conforms to the following standards:

  • ANSI/UL 62368-1
  • IEC 62368-1 (CB Certificate and CB Test Report)
  • CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1
  • Mexico NOM-019
  • India BIS 13252 (Part 1)
  • Germany GS
  • TUV-GS (EN62368-1, and EK1-ITB2000)
  • Brazil INMETRO
  • Ukraine UkrCEPRO
  • Morocco CMIM Certification (CM)
  • Russia, Belorussia and Kazakhstan, TP EAC 037/2016 (for RoHS)
  • Russia, Belorussia and Kazakhstan, EAC: TP TC 004/2011 (for Safety); TP TC 020/2011 (for EMC)
  • CE, UKCA Mark (EN55032 Class A, EN62368-1, EN55024, EN55035, EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3, (EU) 2019/424, and EN IEC 63000 (RoHS))
  • FCC - Verified to comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, Class A
  • Canada ICES-003, issue 7, Class A
  • CISPR 32, Class A, CISPR 35
  • Korea KN32, Class A, KN35
  • Japan VCCI, Class A
  • Taiwan BSMI CNS15936, Class A; CNS15598-1; Section 5 of CNS15663
  • Australia/New Zealand AS/NZS CISPR 32, Class A; AS/NZS 62368.1
  • UL Green Guard, UL2819
  • Energy Star 4.0
  • EPEAT (NSF/ ANSI 426) Bronze
  • Japanese Energy-Saving Act
  • China CCC certificate, GB17625.1; GB4943.1; GB/T9254
  • China CECP certificate, CQC3135
  • China CELP certificate, HJ 2507-2011

External drive enclosures

The server supports attachment to external drive enclosures using a RAID controller with external ports or a SAS host bus adapter. Adapters supported by the server are listed in the SAS adapters for external storage section.

Note: Information provided in this section is for ordering reference purposes only. For the operating system and adapter support details, refer to the interoperability matrix for a particular storage enclosure that can be found on the Lenovo Data Center Support web site:
http://datacentersupport.lenovo.com

Table 97. External drive enclosures
Model Description
4587HC1 Lenovo Storage D1212 Disk Expansion Enclosure (2U enclosure with 12x LFF drive bays)
4587HC2 Lenovo Storage D1224 Disk Expansion Enclosure (2U enclosure with 24x SFF drive bays)
6413HC1 Lenovo Storage D3284 High Density Expansion Enclosure (5U enclosure with 84x LFF drive bays)
7DAHCTO1WW Lenovo ThinkSystem D4390 Direct Attached Storage (4U enclosure with 90x LFF drive bays)

For details about supported drives, adapters, and cables, see the following Lenovo Press Product Guides:

External storage systems

Lenovo offers the ThinkSystem DE Series and ThinkSystem DM Series external storage systems for high-performance storage. See the DE Series and DM Series product guides for specific controller models, expansion enclosures and configuration options:

External backup units

The following table lists the external backup options that are offered by Lenovo.

Table 98. External backup options
Part number Description
External RDX USB drives
4T27A10725 ThinkSystem RDX External USB 3.0 Dock
External SAS tape backup drives
6160S7E IBM TS2270 Tape Drive Model H7S
6160S8E IBM TS2280 Tape Drive Model H8S
6160S9E IBM TS2290 Tape Drive Model H9S
External SAS tape backup autoloaders
6171S7R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO7 HH SAS
6171S8R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO8 HH SAS
6171S9R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO9 HH SAS
External tape backup libraries
6741A1F IBM TS4300 3U Tape Library-Base Unit
6741A3F IBM TS4300 3U Tape Library-Expansion Unit
Full High 8 Gb Fibre Channel for TS4300
01KP938 LTO 7 FH Fibre Channel Drive
01KP954 LTO 8 FH Fibre Channel Drive
02JH837 LTO 9 FH Fibre Channel Drive
Half High 8 Gb Fibre Channel for TS4300
01KP936 LTO 7 HH Fibre Channel Drive
01KP952 LTO 8 HH Fibre Channel Drive
02JH835 LTO 9 HH Fibre Channel Drive
Half High 6 Gb SAS for TS4300
01KP937 LTO 7 HH SAS Drive
01KP953 LTO 8 HH SAS Drive
02JH836 LTO 9 HH SAS Drive

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the Backup units category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/backup

Fibre Channel SAN switches

Lenovo offers the ThinkSystem DB Series of Fibre Channel SAN switches for high-performance storage expansion. See the DB Series product guides for models and configuration options:

Uninterruptible power supply units

The following table lists the uninterruptible power supply (UPS) units that are offered by Lenovo.

Table 99. Uninterruptible power supply units
Part number Description
55941AX RT1.5kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
55941KX RT1.5kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55942AX RT2.2kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
55942KX RT2.2kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55943AX RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
55943KX RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55945KX RT5kVA 3U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55946KX RT6kVA 3U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55948KX RT8kVA 6U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55949KX RT11kVA 6U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55948PX RT8kVA 6U 3:1 Phase Rack or Tower UPS (380-415VAC)
55949PX RT11kVA 6U 3:1 Phase Rack or Tower UPS (380-415VAC)
55943KT† ThinkSystem RT3kVA 2U Standard UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A, 2x GB 10A, 1x C19 16A outlets)
55943LT† ThinkSystem RT3kVA 2U Long Backup UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A, 2x GB 10A, 1x C19 16A outlets)
55946KT† ThinkSystem RT6kVA 5U UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A outlets, 1x Terminal Block output)
5594XKT† ThinkSystem RT10kVA 5U UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A outlets, 1x Terminal Block output)

† Only available in China and the Asia Pacific market.

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the UPS category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/ups

Power distribution units

The following table lists the power distribution units (PDUs) that are offered by Lenovo.

Table 100. Power distribution units
Part
number		 Feature
code		 Description
ANZ
ASEAN
Brazil
EET
MEA
RUCIS
WE
HTK
INDIA
JAPAN
LA
NA
PRC
0U Basic PDUs
00YJ776 ATZY 0U 36 C13/6 C19 24A 1 Phase PDU N Y Y N N N N N N Y Y Y N
00YJ779 ATZX 0U 21 C13/12 C19 48A 3 Phase PDU N N Y N N N Y N N Y Y Y N
00YJ777 ATZZ 0U 36 C13/6 C19 32A 1 Phase PDU Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y
00YJ778 AU00 0U 21 C13/12 C19 32A 3 Phase PDU Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y
0U Switched and Monitored PDUs
00YJ783 AU04 0U 12 C13/12 C19 Switched and Monitored 48A 3 Phase PDU N N Y N N N Y N N Y Y Y N
00YJ781 AU03 0U 20 C13/4 C19 Switched and Monitored 24A 1 Phase PDU N N Y N Y N Y N N Y Y Y N
00YJ782 AU02 0U 18 C13/6 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 3 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y
00YJ780 AU01 0U 20 C13/4 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 1 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y
1U Switched and Monitored PDUs
4PU7A81117 BNDV 1U 18 C19/C13 switched and monitored 48A 3P WYE PDU - ETL N N N N N N N N N N N Y N
4PU7A77467 BLC4 1U 18 C19/C13 Switched and Monitored 80A 3P Delta PDU N N N N N N N N N Y N Y N
4PU7A77469 BLC6 1U 12 C19/C13 switched and monitored 60A 3P Delta PDU N N N N N N N N N N N Y N
4PU7A77468 BLC5 1U 12 C19/C13 switched and monitored 32A 3P WYE PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
4PU7A81118 BNDW 1U 18 C19/C13 switched and monitored 48A 3P WYE PDU - CE Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y
46M4002 5896 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
46M4004 5894 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
46M4003 5897 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
46M4005 5895 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
1U Ultra Density Enterprise PDUs (9x IEC 320 C13 + 3x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
71763NU 6051 Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3PH N N Y N N N N N N Y Y Y N
71762NX 6091 Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
1U C13 Enterprise PDUs (12x IEC 320 C13 outlets)
39M2816 6030 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU Plus Module (WW) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y8941 6010 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU Module (WW) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
1U C19 Enterprise PDUs (6x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
39Y8948 6060 DPI C19 Enterprise PDU Module (WW) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y8923 6061 DPI Three-phase 60A/208V C19 Enterprise PDU (US) N N Y N N N Y N N N Y Y N
1U Front-end PDUs (3x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
39Y8938 6002 DPI Single-phase 30A/120V Front-end PDU (US) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y8939 6003 DPI Single-phase 30A/208V Front-end PDU (US) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y8934 6005 DPI Single-phase 32A/230V Front-end PDU (International) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y8940 6004 DPI Single-phase 60A/208V Front-end PDU (US) Y N Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Y N
39Y8935 6006 DPI Single-phase 63A/230V Front-end PDU (International) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
1U NEMA PDUs (6x NEMA 5-15R outlets)
39Y8905 5900 DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Line cords for 1U PDUs that ship without a line cord
40K9611 6504 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, EPDU/IEC 309 3P+N+G 3ph wye (non-US) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K9612 6502 4.3m, 32A/230V, EPDU to IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K9613 6503 4.3m, 63A/230V, EPDU to IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K9614 6500 4.3m, 30A/208V, EPDU to NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K9615 6501 4.3m, 60A/208V, EPDU to IEC 309 2P+G (US) Line Cord N N Y N N N Y N N Y Y Y N
40K9617 6505 4.3m, 32A/230V, Souriau UTG Female to AS/NZ 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K9618 6506 4.3m, 32A/250V, Souriau UTG Female to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

For more information, see the Lenovo Press documents in the PDU category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/pdu

Rack cabinets

The following table lists the supported rack cabinets.

Table 101. Rack cabinets
Part number Description
93072RX 25U Standard Rack (1000mm)
93072PX 25U Static S2 Standard Rack (1000mm)
7D6DA007WW ThinkSystem 42U Onyx Primary Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet (1200mm)
7D6DA008WW ThinkSystem 42U Pearl Primary Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet (1200mm)
1410-O42 Lenovo EveryScale 42U Onyx Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet
1410-P42 Lenovo EveryScale 42U Pearl Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet
93604PX 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Rack
93614PX 42U 1200mm Deep Static Rack
93634PX 42U 1100mm Dynamic Rack
93634EX 42U 1100mm Dynamic Expansion Rack
93074RX 42U Standard Rack (1000mm)
7D6EA009WW ThinkSystem 48U Onyx Primary Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet (1200mm)
7D6EA00AWW ThinkSystem 48U Pearl Primary Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet (1200mm)
1410-O48 Lenovo EveryScale 48U Onyx Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet
1410-P48 Lenovo EveryScale 48U Pearl Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet

For specifications about these racks, see the Lenovo Rack Cabinet Reference, available from:
https://lenovopress.com/lp1287-lenovo-rack-cabinet-reference

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the Rack cabinets category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/racks

KVM console options

The following table lists the supported KVM consoles.

Table 102. KVM console
Part number Description
Consoles
4XF7A84188 ThinkSystem 18.5" LCD Console (with US English keyboard)
4XF7A73009 ThinkSystem 18.5" LCD console (with US English keyboard)
17238BX 1U 18.5" Standard Console (without keyboard - see the next table)

The following table lists the keyboards supported with the 1U 18.5" Standard Console (now withdrawn).

Note: These keyboards are not supported with the ThinkSystem 18.5" LCD Console.

Table 103. Keyboards for 1U 18.5" Standard Console
Part number Description
7ZB7A05469 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int.Pointing Device USB - Arabic 253 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05468 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Belg/UK 120 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05206 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Czech 489 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05207 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Danish 159 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05208 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Dutch 143 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05210 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Fr/Canada 445 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05209 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - French 189 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05211 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - German 129 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05212 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Greek 219 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05213 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Hebrew 212 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05214 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Hungarian 208 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05215 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Italian 141 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05216 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Japanese 194 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05217 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Korean 413 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05218 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - LA Span 171 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05219 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Norwegian 155 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05220 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Polish 214 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05221 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Portugese 163 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05222 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Russian 441 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05223 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Slovak 245 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05231 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Slovenian 234 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05224 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Spanish 172 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05225 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Swed/Finn 153 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05226 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Swiss F/G 150 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05227 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Thai 191 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05467 ThinkSystem Keyboard with Int. Pointing Device USB - Trad Chinese/US 467 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05228 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Turkish 179 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05229 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - UK Eng 166 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05470 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - US Eng 103P RoHS v2
7ZB7A05230 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - US Euro 103P RoHS v2

The following table lists the available KVM switches and the options that are supported with them.

Table 104. KVM switches and options
Part number Description
KVM Console switches
1754D1T ThinkSystem Digital 2x1x16 KVM Switch (DVI video output port)
1754A1T ThinkSystem Analog 1x8 KVM Switch (DVI video output port)
1754D2X Global 4x2x32 Console Manager (GCM32)
1754D1X Global 2x2x16 Console Manager (GCM16)
1754A2X Local 2x16 Console Manager (LCM16)
1754A1X Local 1x8 Console Manager (LCM8)
Cables for ThinkSystem Digital and Analog KVM Console switches
4X97A11108 ThinkSystem VGA to DVI Conversion Cable
4X97A11109 ThinkSystem Single-USB Conversion Cable for Digital KVM
4X97A11107 ThinkSystem Dual-USB Conversion Cable for Digital KVM
4X97A11106 ThinkSystem USB Conversion Cable for Analog KVM
Cables for GCM and LCM Console switches
43V6147 Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)
39M2895 USB Conversion Option Pack
46M5383 Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)
46M5382 Serial Conversion Option (SCO)

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the KVM Switches and Consoles category:
http://lenovopress.com/servers/options/kvm

Lenovo Financial Services

Lenovo Financial Services reinforces Lenovo’s commitment to deliver pioneering products and services that are recognized for their quality, excellence, and trustworthiness. Lenovo Financial Services offers financing solutions and services that complement your technology solution anywhere in the world.

We are dedicated to delivering a positive finance experience for customers like you who want to maximize your purchase power by obtaining the technology you need today, protect against technology obsolescence, and preserve your capital for other uses.

We work with businesses, non-profit organizations, governments and educational institutions to finance their entire technology solution. We focus on making it easy to do business with us. Our highly experienced team of finance professionals operates in a work culture that emphasizes the importance of providing outstanding customer service. Our systems, processes and flexible policies support our goal of providing customers with a positive experience.

We finance your entire solution. Unlike others, we allow you to bundle everything you need from hardware and software to service contracts, installation costs, training fees, and sales tax. If you decide weeks or months later to add to your solution, we can consolidate everything into a single invoice.

Our Premier Client services provide large accounts with special handling services to ensure these complex transactions are serviced properly. As a premier client, you have a dedicated finance specialist who manages your account through its life, from first invoice through asset return or purchase. This specialist develops an in-depth understanding of your invoice and payment requirements. For you, this dedication provides a high-quality, easy, and positive financing experience.

For your region-specific offers, please ask your Lenovo sales representative or your technology provider about the use of Lenovo Financial Services. For more information, see the following Lenovo website:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/landingpage/lenovo-financial-services/

Seller training courses

The following sales training courses are offered for employees and partners (login required). Courses are listed in date order.

  1. Partner Technical Webinar - ISG Portfolio Update
    2024-04-15 | 60 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Partner Technical Webinar - ISG Portfolio Update

    In this 60-minute replay, Mark Bica, NA ISG Server Product Manager reviewed the Lenovo ISG portfolio. He covered new editions such as the SR680a \ SR685a, dense servers, and options that are strategic for any workload.

    Published: 2024-04-15
    Length: 60 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: 041224
  2. Partner Technical Webinar – StorMagic
    2024-03-19 | 60 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Partner Technical Webinar – StorMagic

    March 08, 2024 – In this 60-minute replay, Stuart Campbell and Wes Ganeko of StorMagic joined us and provided an overview of StorMagic on Lenovo. They also demonstrated the interface while sharing some interesting use cases.

    Published: 2024-03-19
    Length: 60 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: 030824
  3. Intel Transparent Supply Chain on Lenovo Servers
    2024-01-29 | 12 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Intel Transparent Supply Chain on Lenovo Servers

    This course introduces the Intel Transparent Supply Chain (TSC) program, explains how the program works, and discusses the benefits of the Intel TSC program to customers. Adding the Intel TSC feature to an order is explained.

    Course objectives:
    • Describe the Intel® Transparent Supply Chain program
    • Explain how the Intel® Transparent Supply Chain program works
    • Discuss the benefits of the Intel® Transparent Supply Chain program to Lenovo customers
    • Explain how to add Intel® Transparent Supply Chain program feature to an order

    Published: 2024-01-29
    Length: 12 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: SXXW1230
  4. Family Portfolio: Storage Controller Options
    2024-01-23 | 25 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Family Portfolio: Storage Controller Options

    This course covers the storage controller options available for use in Lenovo servers. The classes of storage controller are discussed, along with a discussion of where they are used, and which to choose.

    After completing this course, you will be able to:
    • Describe the classes of storage controllers
    • Discuss where each controller class is used
    • Describe the available options in each controller class

    Published: 2024-01-23
    Length: 25 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: SXXW1111
  5. Lenovo-Intel Sustainable Solutions QH
    2024-01-22 | 10 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Lenovo-Intel Sustainable Solutions QH

    This Quick Hit explains how Lenovo and Intel are committed to sustainability, and introduces the Lenovo-Intel joint sustainability campaign. You will learn how to use this campaign to show customers what that level of commitment entails, how to use the campaign's unsolicited proposal approach, and how to use the campaign as a conversation starter which may lead to increased sales.

    Published: 2024-01-22
    Length: 10 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: SXXW2524a
  6. Family Introduction: Rack and Tower
    2024-01-19 | 11 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Family Introduction: Rack and Tower

    This course is designed to give Lenovo sales and partner representatives a foundation on the characteristics of the rack and tower server family. As an introduction to the family, this course also includes positioning, when to use a product, and keywords a client may use when discussing a rack product.

    Course Objectives:
    • Family Characteristics
    • Priority Positioning
    • Product Usage
    • Keywords and Phrases

    Published: 2024-01-19
    Length: 11 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: SXXW1100r3
  7. FY24Q3 Intel Servers Update
    2023-12-11 | 15 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    FY24Q3 Intel Servers Update

    This update is designed to help you discuss the features and customer benefits of Lenovo servers that use the 5th Gen Intel® Xeon® processors. Lenovo has also introduced a new server, the ThinkSystem SD650-N V3, which expands the supercomputer server family. Reasons to call your customer and talk about refreshing their infrastructure are also included as a guideline.

    Published: 2023-12-11
    Length: 15 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: SXXW2522a
  8. Lenovo Data Center Product Portfolio
    2023-07-21 | 15 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Lenovo Data Center Product Portfolio

    This course introduces the Lenovo data center portfolio, and covers servers, storage, storage networking, and software-defined infrastructure products. After completing this course about Lenovo data center products, you will be able to identify product types within each data center family, describe Lenovo innovations that this product family or category uses, and recognize when a specific product should be selected.

    Published: 2023-07-21
    Length: 15 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: SXXW1110r6
  9. Family Portfolio: ThinkSystem AMD Rackmount Servers
    2023-06-07 | 15 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Family Portfolio: ThinkSystem AMD Rackmount Servers

    This course adds AI capability information, specifically Lenovo OVX 3.0, about AMD rackmount servers. After completing this course, you will be able to identify products and features within the ThinkSystem AMD rack server family, describe unique innovations that this product family uses, and recognize when a specific product should be selected. You will also be able to describe how AMD rackmount servers are used in AI environments.

    Published: 2023-06-07
    Length: 15 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: SXXW1216r6
  10. Partner Technical Webinar - Data Center Limits and ISG TAA Compliance
    2023-05-16 | 60 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Partner Technical Webinar - Data Center Limits and ISG TAA Compliance

    In this 60-minute replay, we had two topics. First Vinod Kamath, Lenovo Distinguished Engineer for Data Center Cooling presented on the Systems Configuration and Data Center Ambient Limits. Second, Shama Patari, Lenovo Trade Council, and Glenn Johnson, Lenovo Principal Engineer for Supply Chain presented on ISG TAA Compliance.

    Published: 2023-05-16
    Length: 60 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: 051223
  11. Introduction to the AMD EPYC Gen4 Processors
    2022-12-30 | 10 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Introduction to the AMD EPYC Gen4 Processors

    After completing this course, you should be able to describe the Gen4 AMD EPYC™ processors, discuss the new and improved features of the Gen4 processors, and describe the customer benefits of the AMD EPYC Gen4 processors. You should also be able to list the Lenovo servers that use AMD EPYC Gen4 processors.

    Published: 2022-12-30
    Length: 10 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: SXXW2501
  12. Partner Technical Webinar - ThinkSystem AMD V3 servers
    2022-11-22 | 60 minutes | Partners Only
    Details
    Partner Technical Webinar - ThinkSystem AMD V3 servers

    In this 60-minute replay, Mark Bica and Joe Murphy presented the details of the new announced ThinkSystem Servers V3 based on the new 4th Generation AMD EPYC processor. They presented the ThinkSytem SR645 V3, SR665 V3, SR675 V3, SD665 V3 and SD665-N V3.

    Published: 2022-11-22
    Length: 60 minutes
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: 111822
  13. ThinkSystem AMD Rack Servers Preview Oct 22
    2022-10-26 | 3 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    ThinkSystem AMD Rack Servers Preview Oct 22

    This Quick Hit introduces three new Lenovo ThinkSystem rackmount servers that use AMD EPYC Gen4 processors. The SR645 V3, SR665 V3, and SR675 V3 are two-socket servers that support TruDDR5 memory and PCIe Gen5.
    After completing this Quick Hit, you will be able to identify the new servers within the family, describe why the new servers are important to a customer, and recognize keywords that lead to using the new servers.

    Published: 2022-10-26
    Length: 3 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: SXXW1216r4a
  14. Lenovo Infrastructure Solutions Launch
    2022-09-16 | 8 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Lenovo Infrastructure Solutions Launch

    This Quick Hit introduces a wealth of new products, solutions, and services announced as part of the Lenovo ThinkSystem 30th Anniversary celebration.

    Published: 2022-09-16
    Length: 8 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: FY23Q2a
  15. Lenovo Sustainable Computing
    2022-09-16 | 4 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Lenovo Sustainable Computing

    This Quick Hit describes the Lenovo sustainable computing program, and the many ways in which Lenovo strives to respect and protect the environment.

    Published: 2022-09-16
    Length: 4 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: SXXW2504a
  16. Introduction to DDR5 Memory
    2022-08-23 | 10 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Introduction to DDR5 Memory

    This course introduces DDR5 memory, describes new features of this memory generation, and discusses the advantages to customers of this new memory generation.

    Published: 2022-08-23
    Length: 10 minutes
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning
    Course code: SXXW2502

1-10 of 16 courses.

Related product families

Product families related to this document are the following:

Trademarks

Lenovo and the Lenovo logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both. A current list of Lenovo trademarks is available on the Web at https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/legal/copytrade/.

The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both:
Lenovo®
AnyBay®
Bootable Media Creator
Flex System
Lenovo Neptune®
Lenovo Services
ServerProven®
System x®
ThinkShield®
ThinkServer®
ThinkSystem®
TopSeller
UpdateXpress System Packs
XClarity®

The following terms are trademarks of other companies:

Intel® and Xeon® are trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries.

Linux® is the trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries.

Microsoft®, ActiveX®, PowerShell, Windows PowerShell®, Windows Server®, and Windows® are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.

SPECpower® is a trademark of the Standard Performance Evaluation Corporation (SPEC).

Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.

[]
© 2024 Lenovo. All rights reserved.
Privacy Site Map Terms of Use External Submission Policy Sales terms and conditions Anti-Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement